中考英语语法过关检测试题

中考英语语法过关检测试题

‎ 中考英语语法过关测试题 ‎ 1．There is ____ old woman in the car. ‎ ‎ 　A．/ B．the C．a D．an ‎ 2．We often go to the park ____ Sundays. ‎ ‎ 　A．on B．in C．at D．from ‎ 3．My book ____ on the desk. ‎ ‎ 　A．is B．am C．are D．be ‎ 4．Which language is ____ ，English, French or Chinese?‎ ‎ 　A．difficult B．the difficult ‎ 　C．more difficult D．the most difficult ‎ 5．---- ____ book is this?‎ ‎ 　 ----It's Kate's. ‎ ‎ 　A．When B．Why C．Where D．Whose ‎ 6．----Can you write a letter in English?‎ ‎ 　 ----No, I ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．may not B．mustn't ‎ 　C．can't D．needn't ‎ 7．I ____ my homework when Mike came last night ‎ 　A．do B．was doing ‎ 　C．am doing D．have done ‎ 8．He began to ____ English three years ago. ‎ ‎ 　A．learn ‎ 　B．learns ‎ 　C．learned ‎ 　D．learning ‎ 9．Jim is a driver, ____ he?‎ ‎ 　A．does ‎ 　B．doesn't ‎ 　C．is ‎ 　D．isn't ‎ 10．“What's wrong ____ you?”the doctor asked. ‎ ‎ 　A．from ‎ 　B．with ‎ 　C．for ‎ 　D．at ‎ 11．He is rich, ____ he isn't happy. ‎ ‎ 　A．or ‎ 　B．so ‎ 　C．and ‎ 　D．but ‎ 12．----Where is Alice?‎ ‎ 　　----She ____ to the library. ‎ ‎ 　A．goes ‎ 　B．will go ‎ 　C．has gone ‎ 　D．had gone ‎ 13．“Help ____ to some meat, Mary, ”my aunt said to me. ‎ ‎ 　A．themselves ‎ 　B．ourselves ‎ 　C．yourself ‎ 　D．himself ‎ 14．We'll stay at home if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ 　A．rain ‎ 　B．rains ‎ 　C．is raining ‎ 　D．will rain. ‎ ‎ 15．The students ____ on a farm for ten days. Then they ____ to a factory. ‎ ‎ Though they ____ back at school, they still remembered those farmers and workers. ‎ ‎ 　A．have stayed; went; were ‎ 　B．had stayed; go; are ‎ 　C．have stayed; go; have been ‎ 　D．had stayed; went; were ‎ 16．John is ____ English boy. We are in the same class ‎ 　A．a B．an C．the D．/‎ ‎ 17．Please give ____ the apple. ‎ ‎ 　A．me B．I ‎ 　C．my ‎ 　D．mine ‎ 18．“ ____ old are you?”“I'm twelve. ”‎ ‎ 　A．Who ‎ 　B．What ‎ 　C．Where ‎ 　D．How ‎ 19．“Can you answer this question, Sam?”“No, I ____. ”‎ ‎ 　A．can't ‎ 　B．needn't ‎ 　C．mustn't ‎ 　D．may not ‎ 20．They usually have a meeting ____ Monday. ‎ ‎ 　A．in ‎ 　B．for ‎ 　C．on ‎ 　D．at ‎ 21．There ____ three balls in the box. ‎ ‎ 　A．is ‎ 　B．are ‎ 　C．isn't ‎ 　D．am ‎ 22．Kate was late for school yesterday, ____ she?‎ ‎ 　A．is ‎ 　B．isn't ‎ 　C．wasn't ‎ 　D．was ‎ 23．Who is ____ , Tom, Mike or Jack?‎ ‎ 　A．careful ‎ 　B．more careful ‎ 　C．very careful ‎ 　D．the most careful ‎ 24．Can you ____ English, Li Lei?‎ ‎ 　A．speak ‎ 　B．say ‎ 　C．tell ‎ 　D．talk ‎ 25．Mr Li asked me ____ fishing with him. ‎ ‎ 　A．go ‎ 　B．to go ‎ 　C．goes ‎ 　D．going ‎ 26．He ____ in this school since 1995. ‎ ‎ 　A．study ‎ 　B．studying ‎ 　C．has studied ‎ 　D．will study ‎ 27．English isn't easy, ____ we like it. ‎ ‎ 　A．but ‎ 　B．and ‎ 　C．or ‎ 　D．so ‎ 28．I ____ my homework when my father came in. ‎ ‎ 　A．do ‎ 　B．will do ‎ 　C．was doing ‎ 　D．does ‎ 29．“How about coming to my party if you have time tomorrow?”I'll ask my mother ‎ ‎ right away if she ____ me come. ‎ ‎ 　A．let ‎ 　B．lets ‎ 　C．has let ‎ 　D．will let ‎ 30．“Where are your new shoes?”“I've thrown them away, though they ____ only one month. ”‎ ‎ 　A．last ‎ 　B．lasted ‎ 　C．were lasted ‎ 　D．are lasted ‎ 31．There are many ____ in the fridge. ‎ ‎ 　A．food ‎ 　B．fruit ‎ 　C．eggs ‎ 　D．bread ‎ 32．They usually have the traditional turkey ____ Christmas Day. ‎ ‎ 　A．from ‎ 　B．at ‎ 　C．in ‎ 　D．on ‎ 33．Grandma prefers tea ____ coffee. ‎ ‎ 　A．about ‎ 　B．to ‎ 　C．on ‎ 　D．of ‎ 34．____ of the apples in the fruit bowl are soft and sweet. ‎ ‎ 　A．Two-third ‎ 　B．Second-third ‎ 　C．Two-thirds ‎ 　D．Second-thirds ‎ 35．Taxi doesn't run as ____ as an underground train. ‎ ‎ 　A．fast ‎ 　B．faster ‎ 　C．fastest ‎ 　D．more fast ‎ 36．After a long walk, the old man ____ be tired now. ‎ ‎ 　A．can ‎ 　B．must ‎ 　C．has to ‎ 　D．need ‎ 37．A: Is this ____ pocket calculator? B: No. It's ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．your; his ‎ 　B．yours; his ‎ 　C．hers; mine ‎ 38．There are twenty teachers in this grade. Eight of them are women teachers ‎ ‎ and ____ are men teachers. ‎ ‎ 　A．the other ‎ 　B．the others ‎ 　C．others ‎ 　D．other ‎ 39．Yangpu Bridge is one of ____ in the world. ‎ ‎ 　A．bigger bridge ‎ 　B．the biggest bridge ‎ 　C．the biggest bridges ‎ 　D．bigger bridges ‎ 40．Shanghai is in ____ east of China. ‎ ‎ 　A．/‎ ‎ 　B．an ‎ 　C．a ‎ 　D．the ‎ 41．____ great day July 1, 1997 is!‎ ‎ 　A．How a ‎ 　B．What a ‎ 　C．how ‎ 　D．What ‎ 42．____ human beings ____ animals can live without air. ‎ ‎ 　A．Not only; but also ‎ 　B．Both; and ‎ 　C．Either; or ‎ 　D．Neither; nor ‎ 43．We are going to have a sports meeting this coming Sunday. Have you ____ any events yet?‎ ‎ 　A．taken part in ‎ 　B．joined in ‎ 　C．entered for ‎ 　D．joined ‎ 44．The old man wondered ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．whether the American pilot had seen UFO ‎ 　B．whether had the American pilot seen UFO ‎ 　C．how had the American pilot seen UFO ‎ 　D．that the American pilot had seen UFO ‎ 45．The museum is quite far. It will take you half ____ hour to go there by ____ bus. ‎ ‎ 　A．an; /‎ ‎ 　B．an; a ‎ 　C．a; /‎ ‎ 　D．/; /‎ ‎ 46．There is ____ milk left. We have to go and buy some at once. ‎ ‎ 　A．a little ‎ 　B．a few ‎ 　C．few ‎ 　D．little ‎ 47．American take-away food is quite different from ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．We ‎ 　B．ours ‎ 　C．us ‎ 　D．our ‎ 48．Wei Fang is young, but she plays ping-pong ____ her mother. ‎ ‎ 　A．as good as ‎ 　B．as well as ‎ 　C．as better as ‎ 　D．as best as ‎ 49．How did you make the child ____ while he was crying?‎ ‎ 　A．smile ‎ 　B．to smile ‎ 　C．smiles ‎ 　D．smiling ‎ 50．It is ____ today. The radio says it won't stop raining until next week. ‎ ‎ 　A．fine ‎ 　B．wet ‎ 　C．windy ‎ 　D．cloudy ‎ 51．English people use Mr, Mrs or Miss with their ____ names. ‎ ‎ 　A．last ‎ 　B．middle ‎ 　C．given ‎ 　D．first ‎ 52．I don't know if she ____ tomorrow. If she ____ , I'll call you. ‎ ‎ 　A．comes; comes ‎ 　B．will come; will come ‎ 　C．will come; comes ‎ 　D．comes; will come ‎ 53．----When shall we meet, this evening or tomorrow morning?‎ ‎ 　　----I don't mind ____ time is OK. ‎ ‎ 　A．All ‎ 　B．Every ‎ 　C．Either ‎ 　D．Both ‎ 54．Tom's father often has lunch at the factory, ____ ?‎ ‎ 　A．has he ‎ 　B．hasn't he ‎ 　C．does he ‎ 　D．doesn't he ‎ 55．It is quite warm here. You'd better ____ your coat ‎ 　A．take off ‎ 　B．put down ‎ 　C．put on ‎ 　D．take down ‎ 56．____ do you go to the cinema? Once a month. ‎ ‎ 　A．How soon ‎ 　B．How far ‎ 　C．How often ‎ 　D．How long ‎ 57．Hurry up, ____ we'll be late for school. ‎ ‎ 　A．but ‎ 　B．or ‎ 　C．and ‎ 　D．so ‎ 58．Don't play with the knife. You ____ hurt yourself ‎ 　A．may ‎ 　B．should ‎ 　C．have to ‎ 　D．need ‎ 59．I haven't milked the cow ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．yet ‎ 　B．already ‎ 　C．never ‎ 　D．just ‎ 60．Beijing is ____ beautiful city. It's ____ capital of ‎China ‎ 　A．a; a ‎ 　B．the; the ‎ 　C．/; the ‎ 　D．a; the ‎ 61．Taiwan is ____ the east of China. ‎ ‎ 　A．in ‎ 　B．to ‎ 　C．on ‎ 　D．at ‎ 62．____ office is much smaller than ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．Ours; yours ‎ 　B．Our; yours ‎ 　C．Theirs; our ‎ 　D．Your; their ‎ 63．----Did she go to school when she was young?‎ ‎ 　　----No. She taught ____ at home. ‎ ‎ 　A．her ‎ 　B．herself ‎ 　C．hers ‎ 　D．she ‎ 64．Neither of them ____ a worker. ‎ ‎ 　A．am ‎ 　B．are ‎ 　C．is ‎ 　D．were ‎ 65．September is ____ month of the year. ‎ ‎ 　A．nine ‎ 　B．ninth ‎ 　C．the nine ‎ 　D．the ninth ‎ 66．How often ____ you ____ to the park when you were in Tianjin?‎ ‎ 　A．do; go ‎ 　B．did; go ‎ 　C．will; go ‎ 　D．have; gone ‎ 67．Mr Zhang felt a little tired, ____ he still went on working ‎ 　A．and ‎ 　B．so ‎ 　C．or ‎ 　D．but ‎ 68．He asked ____ they needed some more tea. ‎ ‎ 　A．that ‎ 　B．what ‎ 　C．whether ‎ 　D．which ‎ 69．Everyone must ____ the classroom ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．ketp; cleaned ‎ 　B．keeps; clean ‎ 　C．keep; clean ‎ 　D．keep; cleaning ‎ 70．This work is ____ for me than for you. ‎ ‎ 　A．difficult ‎ 　B．the most difficult ‎ 　C．most difficult ‎ 　D．more difficult ‎ 71．It is one o'clock, but his father hasn't come back ____ ‎ ‎ 　A．already ‎ 　B．still ‎ 　C．too ‎ 　D．yet ‎ 72．----Are those?‎ ‎ 　　----No, they aren't. They're ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．sheep; cows ‎ 　B．sheep; cow ‎ 　C．sheeps; cow ‎ 　D．sheeps; cows ‎ 73．When they ____ at the village, it was already eleven o'clock ‎ 　A．arrived ‎ 　B．reached ‎ 　C．got ‎ 　D．came ‎ 74．Her grandma has ____ for three years. ‎ ‎ 　A．died ‎ 　B．been dead ‎ 　C．death ‎ 　D．die ‎ 75．----May I come in?‎ ‎ 　　---- ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．Yes, please ‎ 　B．No, you couldn't ‎ 　C．Yes, you must ‎ 　D．No, you needn't ‎ 76．The factory ____ in 1958. ‎ ‎ 　A．was built ‎ 　B．is built ‎ 　C．will built ‎ 　D．built ‎ 77．You are a student, ____ ?‎ ‎ 　A．do you ‎ 　B．aren't you ‎ 　C．are you ‎ 　D．don't you ‎ 78．Meimei went ____ Kate with her Chinese. ‎ ‎ 　A．to help ‎ 　B．help ‎ 　C．helped ‎ 　D．helps ‎ 79．Did you hear ____ ?‎ ‎ 　A．what did I say ‎ 　B．what I said ‎ 　C．I said what ‎ 　D．what I say ‎ 80．Bill is ____ English teacher. He likes playing ____ football ‎ 　A．a; the ‎ 　B．an; the ‎ 　C．a; /‎ ‎ 　D．an; /‎ ‎ 81．You are getting too fat. Eating too much is bad ____ your health ‎ 　A．for ‎ 　B．to ‎ 　C．about ‎ 　D．with ‎ 82．Who has picked ____ apples, Jim or mike, do you know?‎ ‎ 　A．many ‎ 　B．much ‎ 　C．more ‎ 　D．the most ‎ 83．----Is ____ here today?‎ ‎ 　　----No, Li Lei isn't here. ‎ ‎ 　A．someone ‎ 　B．somebody ‎ 　C．everyone ‎ 　D．anybody ‎ 84．----How far away is the samll village from London?‎ ‎ 　　----It's about ____ kilometres. ‎ ‎ 　A．seven hundred twenty two ‎ 　B．seven hundred and twenty-two ‎ 　C．seven hundreds and twenty-two ‎ 　D．seven hundreds twenty-two ‎ 85．----Shall we go out for a walk?‎ ‎ 　　----Sorry, I haven't finished my homework ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．already ‎ 　B．yet ‎ 　C．still ‎ 　D．ever ‎ 86．---- ____ do you go to the cinema?‎ ‎ 　　----Once a week. ‎ ‎ 　A．How often ‎ 　B．How much ‎ 　C．How long ‎ 　D．How many ‎ 87．Neither the students nor the teacher ____ here. Where are they?‎ ‎ 　A．is ‎ 　B．are ‎ 　C．was ‎ 　D．were ‎ 88．You usually have a sports meeting every term, ____ ?‎ ‎ 　A．have you ‎ 　B．do you ‎ 　C．haven't you ‎ 　D．don't you ‎ 89．----Would you like to come to my birthday party?‎ ‎ 　　---- ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．No, I don't like ‎ 　B．Yes, I'd love to ‎ 　C．Quite well ‎ 　D．Sure. That's right ‎ 90．----Whose skirt is it?‎ ‎ 　　----It may be ____. ‎ ‎ 　A．my sister ‎ 　B．my sisters ‎ 　C．my sister's ‎ 　D．my sisters's ‎ 91．Some people were reading in the library. Miss Yang asked me ____ loudly ‎ ‎ there. ‎ ‎ 　A．speak ‎ 　B．don't speak ‎ 　C．not speak ‎ 　D．not to speak ‎ 92．The flowers ____ every day, or they'll die. ‎ ‎ 　A．must water ‎ 　B．should water ‎ 　C．can be watered ‎ 　D．must be watered ‎ 93．Though they had cleaned the floor, there was still ____ rice on it. ‎ ‎ 　A．little ‎ 　B．a little ‎ 　C．few ‎ 　D．a few ‎ 94．John ____ the factory since 1984. He is one of the oldest workers here ‎ now. ‎ ‎ 　A．came to ‎ 　B．comes to ‎ 　C．has been in ‎ 　D．has come to ‎ 95．I'll catch up with Lucy before she ____ the finishing line. ‎ ‎ 　A．reach ‎ 　B．is reaching ‎ 　C．reaches in ‎ 　D．will reach ‎ 96．----We are going to have a picnic tomorrow. What's the weather like, Mike?‎ ‎ 　　----Why not ____ the radio and listen to the weather report?‎ ‎ 　A．turn on ‎ 　B．turn off ‎ 　C．take away ‎ 　D．find out ‎ 97．----Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ ?‎ ‎ 　　----Certainly. ‎ ‎ 　A．when can I get to the station ‎ 　B．I can get to which station ‎ 　C．which station can I get to ‎ 　D．how I can get to the station ‎ 98．She worked ____ quietly ____ no one knew she was there. ‎ ‎ 　A．so; as ‎ 　B．so; that ‎ 　C．too; to ‎ 　D．very; that ‎ 99．“Please ____ me your new story-book tomorrow, ”Lucy said. ‎ ‎ 　A．to bring ‎ 　B．bring ‎ 　C．to take ‎ 　D．take ‎ 100．English people often talk about ____. So when you meet someone in England, ‎ ‎ you should say, ____ ?‎ ‎ 　A．weather; It's a fine day, isn't it ‎ 　B．age; How old are you ‎ 　C．name; What's your name, please ‎ 　D．time; What's the time now ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．D 2．A 3．A 4．D 5．D 6．C 7．B 8．A 9．D 10．B 11．D 12．C ‎13．C 14．B 15．D 16．B 17．A 18．D ‎19．A 20．C 21．B 22．C 23．D 24．A ‎25．B 26．C 27．A 28．C 29．B 30．B ‎31．C 32．D 33．B 34．C 35．A 36．B ‎37．A 38．B 39．C 40．D 41．B 42．D ‎43．A 44．A 45．A 46．D 47．B 48．B ‎49．A 50．B 51．A 52．C 53．C 54．D ‎55．A 56．C 57．B 58．A 59．A 60．D ‎61．A 62．B 63．B 64．C 65．D 66．B ‎67．D 68．C 69．C 70．D 71．D 72．A ‎73．A 74．B 75．A 76．A 77．B 78．A ‎79．B 80．D 81．A 82．C 83．C 84．B ‎85．B 86．A 87．A 88．D 89．B 90．C ‎91．D 92．D 93．B 94．C 95．C 96．A ‎97．D 98．B 99．B 100．A 中考英语语法过关测试题（二）‎ ‎1．Listen! Who ____ in the next room?‎ ‎　A．sing ‎　B．is singing ‎　C．to sing ‎　D．sings ‎2．A: Whose room is this? B: It's ____. ‎ ‎　A．Li Ming ‎　B．Li Ming's ‎　C．Li Mings ‎　D．Li Mings'‎ ‎3．My mother told ____ a very interesting story yesterday ‎　A．me ‎　B．I ‎　C．our ‎　D．my ‎4．Linda runs as ____ as Jane. ‎ ‎　A．fastest ‎　B．fast ‎　C．faster ‎　D．quicker ‎5．A: Tomorrow is my birthday. Can you come to my birthday party?B: OK! I ____. ‎ ‎　A．would love ‎　B．will love ‎　C．would love to ‎　D．am sorry ‎6．This bag is neither Jim's ____ Mike's. It's Sam's, I guess ‎　A．or ‎　B．nor ‎　C．no ‎　D．not ‎7．Liu Mei helped the Turners ____ their tickets on the train ‎　A．pick ‎　B．look up ‎　C．pick up ‎　D．look like ‎　8．The doctor found that there was something wrong ____ James' eyes ‎　A．in ‎　B．on ‎　C．at ‎　D．with ‎9．I think Chinese is ____ any other subject. ‎ ‎　A．more popular than ‎　B．as more popular as ‎　C．much popular than ‎　D．more popular ‎10．Here are ____ for you, Sue. ‎ ‎　A．potatos ‎　B．some potatoes ‎　C．three tomatos ‎　D．some tomato ‎11．There are ____ people in the zoo on Children's Day ‎　A．one hundreds ‎　B．two hundreds of ‎　C．hundreds of ‎　D．hundred of ‎12．Could you ____ , please? It's too loud. ‎ ‎　A．turn down the radio ‎　B．turn on the radio ‎　C．turn on the TV ‎　D．turn it on ‎13．Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ ?‎ ‎　A．where's the teachers' office ‎　B．where's the bus stop ‎　C．what's she doing ‎　D．where the post office is ‎14．It is ____ dangerous to play on the road. A car may hit you ‎　A．so B．too ‎　C．or ‎　D．to ‎15．A: Could I speak to Mr Green? B: ____. ‎ ‎　A．Sorry, she's out ‎　B．Hold on for a moment, please ‎　C．No, she isn't in ‎　D．You are welcome ‎16．A: I'm sorry I'm late. B: ____. ‎ ‎　A．Thank you all the same ‎　B．it doesn't matter ‎　C．I've no idea ‎　D．All right ‎17．This apple is delicious. Give me ____ one, please ‎　A．the other ‎　B．another ‎　C．others ‎　D．other ‎18．I won't go if it ____ tomrrow. ‎ ‎　A．rain ‎　B．is raining ‎　C．rains ‎　D．will rain ‎19．Wu Dong is good at ____ English. ‎ ‎　A．speak ‎　B．speaks ‎　C．speaking ‎　D．spoke ‎20．You'd better ____ your jacket. The room is too hot ‎　A．take off ‎　B．put on ‎　C．take out ‎　D．take care ‎21．Mr Wang ____ to New York two years ago. ‎ ‎　A．go ‎　B．goes ‎　C．has gone ‎　D．went ‎22．Mr Smith ____ China for ten years. ‎ ‎　A．came to ‎　B．has come to ‎　C．was in ‎　D．has been in ‎23．Young trees ____ well when it is dry. ‎ ‎　A．water ‎　B．waters ‎　C．must be watered ‎　D．were watered ‎24．A: Would you like to have a cup of tea? B: ____ ‎ ‎　A．Yes, please ‎　B．So do I ‎　C．Not at all ‎　D．It's my pleasure ‎25．My father is very busy with his work. He has ____ time to do the housework. ‎ ‎　A．little ‎　B．few ‎　C．a little ‎　D．a few ‎26．I was born ____ February 18, 1981. ‎ ‎　A．for ‎　B．in ‎　C．on ‎　D．at ‎27．The teacher didn't give them the answers ____ they finished their homework. ‎ ‎　A．while ‎　B．or ‎　C．until ‎　D．when ‎28．A: Hello, Jim! May I ask some questions? B: ____. ‎ ‎　A．Certainly ‎　B．No, thanks ‎　C．Yes, thanks ‎　D．never mind ‎29．A: Which do you like ____ , peas, fish or eggs? B: Of course, eggs. ‎ ‎　A．well ‎　B．good ‎　C．best ‎　D．better ‎30．A: I have no letters from Peter. Oh, well, no news ____ good news now. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．was ‎　D．were ‎31．Let's go for ____ walk, shall we?‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/‎ ‎32．Is his school-bag different from ____ ?‎ ‎　A．her ‎　B．hers ‎　C．my ‎　D．me ‎33．Here are some birthday cards with our best ____ for her ‎　A．wish ‎　B．hope ‎　C．wishes ‎　D．hopes ‎34．My shirt ____ white and my trousers ____ blue. ‎ ‎　A．are, are ‎　B．are, is ‎　C．is, is ‎　D．is, are ‎35．In the race Wu Dong ran fastest. No one could ____ him ‎　A．get on with ‎　B．hurry up ‎　C．give up ‎　D．catch up with ‎36．He is a little ____ than you. ‎ ‎　A．fat ‎　B．fater ‎　C．fatter ‎　D．fattest ‎37．You ____ go and ask Meimei. She ____ know the answer ‎　A．must, can ‎　B．must, may ‎　C．need, can ‎　D．can, may ‎38．They have to work at once, ____ ?‎ ‎　A．have they ‎　B．do they ‎　C．don't they ‎　D．haven't they ‎39．He will ring you up as soon as he ____ back. ‎ ‎　A．comes ‎　B．came ‎　C．has come ‎　D．will come ‎40．What your father usually ____ in the evening?‎ ‎　A．did, do ‎　B．does, do ‎　C．has, done ‎　D．will, do ‎41．Can I ____ my ruler back, please?‎ ‎　A．borrow ‎　B．lend ‎　C．have ‎　D．carry ‎42．These books ____ good care of. ‎ ‎　A．must taken ‎　B．must take ‎　C．have to take ‎　D．must be taken ‎43．Which is ____ delicious, fish or chips?‎ ‎　A．much ‎　B．very ‎　C．most ‎　D．more ‎44．----What's this in English?‎ ‎　　----Sorry, I can't ____ it in English. ‎ ‎　A．say ‎　B．tell ‎　C．talk ‎　D．speak ‎45．It's cold outside. Please put ____ this sweater ‎　A．off ‎　B．on ‎　C．with ‎　D．in ‎46．I can't see any books in the bag. It's ____ ‎ ‎　A．big ‎　B．small ‎　C．full ‎　D．empty ‎47．I'm thirsty. I'd like something to ____ ‎ ‎　A．eat ‎　B．see ‎　C．drink ‎　D．say ‎48．Li Ming writes ____ in her class. ‎ ‎　A．more careful ‎　B．more carefully ‎　C．most careful ‎　D．most carefully ‎49．---- ____ ?‎ ‎　----It's Monday. ‎ ‎　A．What day is today ‎　B．What's the date today ‎　C．What's the time ‎　D．How do you spell“Monday”‎ ‎50．---- ____ do you like the film?‎ ‎　　----Very much. ‎ ‎　A．How ‎　B．What ‎　C．How about ‎　D．What about ‎51．----How many apples do you want?‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．That's cheap ‎　B．That's dear ‎　C．Half a kilo ‎　D．Five yuan a kilo ‎52．A new factory ____ in our city last year ‎　A．built ‎　B．has built ‎　C．was built ‎　D．is building ‎53．----Thank you for your help. ‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．It doesn't matter ‎　B．You're welcome ‎　C．That's right ‎　D．Don't say so ‎54．Hello! Could I speak to Mr Li, please?‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Who are you?‎ ‎　B．One moment, please. ‎ ‎　C．Yes, it's a bad line ‎　D．What are you?‎ ‎55．I always go to that ____ to buy food on Sunday ‎　A．shop ‎　B．park ‎　C．zoo ‎　D．garden ‎56．I think maths is as ____ as English. ‎ ‎　A．important B．very important ‎　C．less important ‎　D．the least important ‎57．Don't ____ the queue at the bus stop. ‎ ‎　A．take ‎　B．jump ‎　C．have ‎　D．make ‎58．____ of the boys in Class 4 are playing games ‎　A．All ‎　B．Each ‎　C．The both ‎　D．None ‎59．“Hoory!”shouted the students, “Well ____ !”‎ ‎　A．do ‎　B．did ‎　C．done ‎　D．doing ‎60．---- ____ May I ask you a question?‎ ‎　　----Of course. ‎ ‎　A．I'm sorry ‎　B．Pardon ‎　C．Excuse me ‎　D．Thanks ‎61．Do you know ____ ?‎ ‎　A．when does he go ‎　B．when he goes ‎　C．where will he go ‎　D．if does he go ‎62．The rain ____ for nearly five hours. ‎ ‎　A．fall ‎　B．keeps ‎　C．lasts ‎　D．blows ‎63．My mother often tells me ____ at others ‎　A．don't laugh ‎　B．not to laugh ‎　C．to not laugh ‎　D．not laugh ‎64．----Is anyone hurt?‎ ‎　　----Yes, ____ not badly. ‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．or ‎　C．and ‎　D．only ‎65．----What does“NO SMOKING”mean?‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．There's no smoke ‎　B．It means“you mustn't smoke here. ”‎ ‎　C．Don't smoke any more ‎　D．Smoking is bad for your health ‎66．The Chinese meanings of the signs“PUSH”, “PULL”and“BUSINESS HOURS”are ____. ‎ ‎　A．“拉”、“推”、“生意时间”‎ ‎　B．“拉”、“推”、“营业时间”‎ ‎　C．“推”、“拉”、“生意时间”‎ ‎　D．“推”、“拉”、“营业时间”‎ ‎67．There's ____ old tree near ____ house. ‎ ‎　A．a; an ‎　B．an; the ‎　C．a; the ‎　D．the; a ‎68．Mr King didn't enjoy ____ very much during his stay in Tokyo. ‎ ‎　A．him ‎　B．his ‎　C．himself ‎　D．itself ‎69．Robert Tomoas Brown can't be called ____. ‎ ‎　A．Robert ‎　B．Robert Brown ‎　C．Mr Brown ‎　D．Mr Robert ‎70．Of all the mooncakes, I like the one with nuts in it ____. ‎ ‎　A．well ‎　B．more ‎　C．better ‎　D．best ‎71．Sue spent over two hours ____ her homework yesterday evenig. ‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．with ‎　C．at ‎　D．over ‎72．Watching TV ____ is bad for your eyes. ‎ ‎　A．much too ‎　B．many too ‎　C．too much ‎　D．to many ‎73．Heny has learned eight ____ French words this year. ‎ ‎　A．hundred ‎　B．hundreds ‎　C．hundred of ‎　D．hundreds of ‎74．I can't answer your questions because I know ____ about the subject. ‎ ‎　A．few ‎　B．little ‎　C．a few ‎　D．a little ‎75．The game is very ____ and she's ____ in it. ‎ ‎　A．interesting; interesting ‎　B．interested; interested ‎　C．interested; interesting ‎　D．interesting; interested ‎76．When traffic lights are green, cars ____ go but you ____ wait. ‎ ‎　A．can; must ‎　B．must; can ‎　C．may; can ‎　D．must; may ‎77．Li Ping is young, but he ____ many places of interest in South China. ‎ ‎　A．went to ‎　B．has been in ‎　C．has gone to ‎　D．has been to ‎78．Those foreign visitors ____ our city the day before yesterday. ‎ ‎　A．arrived ‎　B．reached ‎　C．reached to ‎　D．got in ‎79．____ bad weather! I hope it won't last long.‎ ‎　A．How ‎　B．What ‎　C．What a D．How a ‎80．Could you tell me ____ they are talking about?‎ ‎　A．where ‎　B．when ‎　C．Why ‎　D．what ‎81．Do you often see her ____ volleyball on the playground?‎ ‎　A．play ‎　B．played ‎　C．plays ‎　D．to play ‎82．----What do you mean ____ “chick”, please?‎ ‎　　----In Chinese it means Xiao ji. ‎ ‎　A．in ‎　B．for ‎　C．by ‎　D．from ‎83．I won't excuse her ____ she says“sorry”to me ‎　A．so ‎　B．until ‎　C．because D．as ‎84．----It's fine today. Why ____ out for a picnic?‎ ‎　　----That's a good idea. ‎ ‎　A．not go ‎　B．don't go ‎　C．to not go ‎　D．not to do ‎85．Be more careful with your work ____. ‎ ‎　A．just then ‎　B．since then ‎　C．a moment later ‎　D．from now on ‎86．----Would you like to go to the zoo with us?‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．Yes, please ‎　B．That's true ‎　C．Yes, I'd love to ‎　D．Quite well ‎87．We can't see ____ sun at ____ night. ‎ ‎　A．a; /‎ ‎　B．a; the ‎　C．the; /‎ ‎　D．the; the ‎88．____ the morning of Christmas Day, children wake up their parents and say, “Merry Christmas!”‎ ‎　A．In ‎　B．On ‎　C．At ‎　D．To ‎89．“Help ____ to some mooncakes, " Han Meimei said to the twins. ‎ ‎　A．you ‎　B．oneself ‎　C．yourself ‎　D．yourselves ‎90．She is ____ careful as I, but I'm than ____ you. ‎ ‎　A．as; much careful ‎　B．as; much more careful ‎　C．so; more careful ‎　D．so; very careful ‎91．Can I have ____ bottle of orange, please? ‎ ‎　A．another ‎　B．other ‎　C．second ‎　D．some more ‎92．He doesn't have any brothers ____ sisters. ‎ ‎　A．and ‎　B．or ‎　C．and or ‎　D．with ‎93．____ bad weather it is!‎ ‎　A．What ‎　B．What a ‎　C．How ‎　D．How a ‎94．When you don't know way, you'd better ____ in the city map. ‎ ‎　A．look it up ‎　B．look at it ‎　C．to look it over ‎　D．to look for it ‎95．---- ____ are you late for school? ‎ ‎　　----Never. ‎ ‎　A．When ‎　B．How long ‎　C．How soon ‎　D．How often ‎96．You had to stay at home yesterday, ____ you?‎ ‎　A．haven't ‎　B．hadn't ‎　C．don't ‎　D．didn't ‎97．----Why ____ to the Great Wall this Sunday? ‎ ‎　　----Good idae! ‎ ‎　A．don't go ‎　B．you not go ‎　C．not go ‎　D．not to go ‎98．Tom ____ come to the party tonight, but I'm not sure.‎ ‎　A．may ‎　B．can ‎　C．will ‎　D．must ‎99．It's wrong to ____ your exercise-book at home ‎　A．forget ‎　B．lose ‎　C．leave ‎　D．miss ‎100．She's finished drawing the picture, but I haven't ____ ．‎ ‎　A．too ‎　B．either ‎　C．already ‎　D．yet ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．B              2．B               3．A           4．B           5．C6．B              7．C               8．D          9．A           10．B ‎11．C            12．A             13．D         14．B         15．B ‎16．B            17．B             18．C         19．C         20．A ‎21．D            22．D             23．C         24．A         25．A ‎26．C            27．C             28．A         29．C         30．A ‎31．A            32．B             33．C         34．D         35．D ‎36．C            37．D             38．C         39．A         40．B ‎41．C            42．D             43．D         44．A         45．B ‎46．D            47．C             48．D         49．A         50．A ‎51．C            52．C             53．B         54．B         55．A ‎56．A            57．B             58．A         59．C         60．C ‎61．B            62．C             63．B         64．A         65．B ‎66．D            67．B             68．C         69．D         70．D ‎71．A            72．C             73．A         74．B         75．D ‎76．A            77．D             78．B         79．B         80．D ‎81．A            82．C             83．B         84．A         85．D ‎86．C            87．C             88．B         89．D         90．B ‎91．A            92．B             93．A         94．A         95．D ‎96．D            97．C             98．A         99．C         100．D ‎ 中考英语语法过关测试题（三）‎ ‎1．Nobody told me ____ , so I need your help ‎　A．how to do ‎　B．how should I do ‎ ‎　C．what to do ‎　D．What should I do ‎2．We are going to lean ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．Lesson Tenth ‎　B．Lesson Ten ‎　C．Tenth Lesson ‎　D．The Lesson Ten ‎3．I can't get on the bus, because there is ____ on it ‎　A．not any rooms ‎　B．no rooms ‎　C．little room ‎　D．few room ‎4．The League ____ in May, 1922. ‎ ‎　A．found ‎　B．was found ‎　C．founded ‎　D．was founded ‎5．----Where's your headmaster?‎ ‎　 ----He ____ Beijing. He won't be back ____ next week ‎　A．went to; after ‎　B．has gone to; until ‎ ‎　C．has been to; until ‎　D．has been to; after ‎6．----Do you know if he ____ to play basketball with us?‎ ‎　 ----He will if he ____ free. ‎ ‎　A．comes; is ‎　B．comes; will be ‎　C．will come; is ‎　D．will come; will be ‎7．----I have lost my dictionary. ‎ ‎　 ---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．What a pity!‎ ‎　B．It's nothing ‎　C．It doesn't matter ‎　D．Not at all ‎8．----Would you like to play football with us? ‎ ‎　 ---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．yes, I'm glad ‎　B．Yes, I'd love to ‎　C．No, I don't like ‎　D．No, I can't ‎9．----Hello! may I speak to Bill? ‎ ‎　 ---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Who are you?‎ ‎　B．Yes, I'm Bill ‎　C．Sorry, he's out ‎　D．thank you ‎10．----Don't make faces in class! ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Sorry, I won't do it again ‎　B．Certainly, I will ‎　C．That's OK ‎　D．Excuse me, I'm wrong ‎11．----Happy New Year to you! ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Thank you ‎　B．me, too ‎　C．The same to you ‎　D．All the same ‎12．----Hello, may I speak to Lily? ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Not Lily but Lucy ‎　B．This is Lily ‎　C．Yes, speak ‎　D．I'm Lily ‎13．After they washed their hands, Mother gave each of her children ____ apple. ‎ ‎　A．the ‎　B．/ ‎ ‎　C．a ‎　D．an ‎14．----May I see your ticket please, madam? ‎ ‎　　----Certainly ____. ‎ ‎　A．Here it is ‎　B．Here is it ‎　C．Here are you ‎　D．You're here ‎15．You can see many beautiful shop windows ____ both sides of the street ____ your way to school. ‎ ‎　A．at; at ‎　B．from; from ‎　C．on; on ‎　D．along; along ‎16．____ this kind of question often ____ in your class, Ann? ‎ ‎　A．Does; ask ‎　B．Is; asked ‎　C．Has; asked ‎　D．Will; ask ‎17．----Your English is very good. ‎ ‎　　----But my brother knows it much ____ than I do. ‎ ‎　A．good ‎　B．well ‎　C．better ‎　D．best ‎18．----Which is the way to the No, I middle Shcool? ‎ ‎　　----Go down this street ____ you reach the second traffic lights. Then turn right. ‎ ‎　A．till ‎　B．but ‎　C．if ‎　D．because ‎19．----What do you usually have for breakfast? ‎ ‎　　---- ____ milk and ____ eggs. ‎ ‎　A．A little; a little ‎　B．A few; a little ‎　C．A few; a few ‎　D．A little; a few ‎20．How nice you've come! We've waited for you for about two hours. ‎ ‎　　Where ____ , Jim? ‎ ‎　A．are you ‎　B．have you been ‎　C．are you from ‎　D．have you gone ‎21．----What did your mother say, Tom? ‎ ‎　　----She asked me ____. ‎ ‎　A．why my sister is crying ‎　B．why my sister was crying ‎　C．why is my sister crying ‎　D．why was my sister crying ‎22．The man always says his meat looks ____ and sells ____.‎ ‎　A．good; good ‎　B．well; well ‎　C．good; well ‎　D．well; good ‎23．----What shall we do now? ‎ ‎　　----____ for a walk?‎ ‎　A．How's about to go ‎　B．What about to go ‎　C．How's about going ‎　D．What about going ‎24．---- ____ have you been at the university? ‎ ‎　　----More than five months. ‎ ‎　A．How many ‎　B．How much ‎　C．How soon ‎　D．How long ‎25．----Don't you think her radio is too loud? ‎ ‎　　----Tell her to ____ it ____ , please. ‎ ‎　A．turn; up ‎　B．turn; down ‎　C．put; up ‎　D．put; down ‎26．----Has Lily bought the books ____ ? ‎ ‎　　----No, she hasn't bought any ____. ‎ ‎　A．yet; yet ‎　B．already; already ‎　C．too; too ‎　D．either; either ‎27．----Would you like ____ tea？‎ ‎　　----Yes, and ____ milk too, I think. ‎ ‎　A．any; any ‎　B．some; some ‎　C．some; any ‎　D．any; many ‎28．You ____ to school tomorrow if you go to look after your mother in the hospital. ‎ ‎　A．don't need come ‎　B．don't come ‎　C．needn't to come ‎　D．needn't come ‎29．----Who're fishing over there? ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Browns'‎ ‎　B．Brown ‎　C．The Browns ‎　D．The Brown ‎30．----Who's the best football player ____ in Taishan Team? ‎ ‎　　----Sorry. I don't know. ‎ ‎　A．at the moment ‎　B．for a moment ‎　C．just a moment ‎　D．a moment later ‎31．----Is that a boy swimming in the lake? ‎ ‎　　----I can't find out ____ it's a boy ____ a girl. ‎ ‎　A．if; and ‎　B．that; and ‎　C．whether; or ‎　D．either; or ‎32．His father is ____ English teacher. He works in our school. ‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/ ‎ ‎33．I often go shopping with my mother ____ Sundays. ‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．in ‎　C．at ‎　D．to ‎34．Could you give me ____ , please?‎ ‎　A．two piece of paper ‎　B．two piece of papers ‎　C．two pieces of paper ‎　D．two pieces of papers ‎35．“Is this your shirt?”“No, it's not ____. ”‎ ‎　A．me ‎　B．my ‎　C．myself ‎　D．mine ‎36．“What are you going to buy?”“I'm going to buy ____ bananas. ”‎ ‎　A．a little ‎　B．a few ‎　C．little ‎　D．few ‎37．September is ____ month of the year. ‎ ‎　A．nine ‎　B．nineth ‎　C．the ninth ‎　D．the nineth ‎38．John drives as ____ at Tom. ‎ ‎　A．carfully ‎　B．good ‎　C．nice ‎　D．fine ‎39．Which is the ____ city, Shanghai, Beijing or Tianjin? ‎ ‎　A．large ‎　B．larger ‎　C．largest ‎　D．more large ‎40．“May I smoke here?”“No, you ____. ”‎ ‎　A．mustn't ‎　B．don't ‎　C．must ‎　D．needn't ‎41．Mother is ill, I have to ____ her at home. ‎ ‎　A．look around ‎　B．look for ‎　C．look up ‎　D．look after ‎42．When will they ____ in Fuzhou? ‎ ‎　A．get ‎　B．reach ‎　C．arrive ‎　D．got ‎43．“Excuse me. How long may I ____ the book?”“Two weeks. ”‎ ‎　A．borrow ‎　B．keep ‎　C．lend ‎　D．kept ‎44．The tiger made the monkey ____ him something to eat.‎ ‎　A．bringing ‎　B．to bringing ‎　C．brings ‎　D．bring ‎45．The runner fell, but he quickly got up and went on ____. ‎ ‎　A．running ‎　B．run ‎　C．to run ‎　D．ran ‎46．I think maths ____ one of the important subjects.‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．were ‎　D．was ‎47．____ nice girl Kate is!. ‎ ‎　A．How ‎　B．What ‎　C．What an ‎　D．What a ‎48．“Why did Li Lei use a pencil?”“ ____ his pen was broken. ”‎ ‎　A．Because ‎　B．When ‎　C．Until ‎　D．If ‎49．Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ our tickets? ‎ ‎　A．where do we show ‎　B．where shall we show ‎ ‎　C．where did we show ‎　D．where we shall show ‎50．“Happy birthday to you！”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Happy birthday to you!‎ ‎　B．Thank you ‎　C．That's all right. ‎ ‎　D．That's OK. ‎ ‎51．“What's the date today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It's Thursday ‎　B．It's windy ‎　C．It's June 26‎ ‎　D．It's cloudy ‎52．Mr Smith has two sons. ____ is a doctor, ____ is a driver. ‎ ‎　A．This; other ‎　B．This; another ‎　C．One; another ‎　D．One; the other ‎53．----What are the official（官方的） languages in Hong Kong now?‎ ‎　　----They are ____ and ____. ‎ ‎　A．China; English ‎　B．Chinese; English ‎　C．China; England ‎　D．Chinese; England ‎54．Before ____ breakfast, I always read for half ____ hour ‎　A．the; a ‎　B．a; an ‎　C．/; an ‎　D．/; a ‎55．His motorbike is very nice. What about ____ ?‎ ‎　A．you ‎　B．your ‎　C．yours ‎　D．their ‎56．“The year 1997”should be read“the year ____ ? ”‎ ‎　A．one thousand nine hundred and ninety-seven ‎　B．nineteen ninety-seven ‎　C．one nine nine seven ‎　D．nineteen and ninety-seven ‎57．She looks and sings ____. ‎ ‎　A．beautiful, beautifully ‎　B．beautiful, beautiful ‎　C．beautifully, beautiful ‎　D．beautifully, beautifully ‎58．____ she ____ he is good at maths. ‎ ‎　A．Both, and ‎　B．Either, nor ‎　C．Neither, or ‎　D．Neither, nor ‎59．Lily worked hard ____ her lessons and soon caught up ____ the others. ‎ ‎　A．at, to ‎　B．in, after ‎　C．at, with ‎　D．with, with ‎60．----Must I finish my lessons now? ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Yes, you mustn't ‎　B．No, you mustn't ‎　C．Yes, you need ‎　D．No, you needn't ‎ ‎61．---- ____ will you stay in America?‎ ‎　　----About two weeks. ‎ ‎　A．How long ‎　B．How often ‎　C．How soon ‎　D．How ‎62．The policeman told us ____ football on the street. ‎ ‎　A．don't play ‎　B．not play ‎　C．not to play ‎　D．to not play ‎63．The film, Kong Fansen was ____ all over the country. ‎ ‎　A．put on ‎　B．put down ‎　C．put up ‎　D．put away ‎64．There's nothing serious , ____ there? ‎ ‎　A．wasn't ‎　B．is ‎　C．isn't ‎　D．hasn't ‎65．Do you know ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．where was she working ‎　B．what time is it ‎　C．how many books she has ‎　D．how can he answer it ‎66．There is ____ in the lake. ‎ ‎　A．anything strange ‎　B．strange anything ‎　C．strange something ‎　D．something strange ‎67．Where ____ your son? ‎ ‎　A．am ‎　B．are ‎　C．is ‎68．Jane is ____ girl. She is English girl. ‎ ‎　A．a; the ‎　B．a; an ‎　C．an; the ‎69．After he heard the news, he went to the hospital ____ once ‎　A．at ‎　B．in ‎　C．on ‎70．We walk with our ____. ‎ ‎　A．foot ‎　B．foots ‎　C．feet ‎71．The lake is far away. But ____ people like to swim there.‎ ‎　A．a little ‎　B．few ‎　C．a few ‎72．A quarter to six is ____. ‎ ‎　A．6：45‎ ‎　B．6：15‎ ‎　C．5：45‎ ‎73．This city is ____ than that one. ‎ ‎　A．beautiful ‎　B．more beautiful ‎　C．the most beautiful ‎74．Because it was very cold , ____ he put on a coat before he went out. ‎ ‎　A．so ‎　B．/ ‎ ‎　C．and ‎75．He ____ a friend in the country next week. ‎ ‎　A．saw ‎　B．sees ‎　C．is going to see ‎76．I get up at six tomorrw? No, you needn't. ‎ ‎　A．May ‎　B．Can ‎　C．Must ‎77．I want to know ____. ‎ ‎　A．what time does the train arrive ‎ ‎　B．what time will the train arrive ‎　C．what time the train will arrive ‎78．If I ____ free tomorrow, I will go shopping with my aunt.‎ ‎　A．will be ‎　B．be ‎　C．am ‎79．Mr Smith has taught in the school ____ 1990. ‎ ‎　A．in ‎　B．for ‎　C．since ‎80．Can you let me ____ home a little earlier. ‎ ‎　A．go ‎　B．going ‎　C．to go ‎81．----Has Tom started to work in your factory? ‎ ‎　　----No. He is ____ in school. ‎ ‎　A．yet ‎　B．then ‎　C．still ‎82．“Happy New Year!”“ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．Yes， I'm happy ‎　B．You're happy, too ‎　C．I'm glad to hear that ‎　D．The same to you ‎83．“What's the weather like today?”“ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．It's Sunday ‎　B．It's cloudy ‎　C．It was cold ‎　D．I don't like it ‎84．“What does your father do?”“ ____ ．”‎ ‎　A．He does well ‎　B．He goes to work ‎　C．He is at work ‎　D．He is a teacher ‎85．“Hi, Mary! You look very beautiful today. ”“ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．Thanks a lot ‎　B．No, not at all ‎　C．Don't say so, please ‎　D．I don't think so ‎86．“Would you like to go skating with me?”“ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, please ‎　B．No, I don't ‎ ‎　C．Yes, I'd love to ‎　D．That's right ‎87．“What can I do for you?”“I'd like some ____. ”‎ ‎　A．bottle of orange ‎　B．bottle of oranges ‎　C．bottles orange ‎　D．bottles of orange ‎88．____ school is much larger than ____. ‎ ‎　A．Their; our ‎　B．Their; ours ‎　C．theirs; ours ‎　D．Theirs; our ‎89．Do you know ____ at the bus stop?‎ ‎　A．whom they are waiting for ‎　B．who they are waiting ‎　C．whom are they waiting for ‎　D．who are they waiting ‎ ‎90．Which do you like ____ , apples, oranges or pears? ‎ ‎　A．good ‎　B．well ‎　C．better ‎　D．best ‎91．That woman wanted to know ____ her daughter liked the sweater. ‎ ‎　A．whether ‎　B．what ‎　C．which ‎　D．that ‎92．The meeting will begin at half past two in the afternoon, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．does is ‎　B．doesn't it ‎　C．will it ‎　D．won't it ‎93．We'll go for a picnic if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．isn't going to rain ‎　B．won't rain ‎　C．doesn't rain ‎　D．isn't raining ‎94．A lot of tall buildings ____ in our city last year. ‎ ‎　A．are built ‎　B．was built ‎　C．were built ‎　D．can be built ‎95．The policeman told the boys ____ in the street. ‎ ‎　A．not play ‎　B．not to play ‎　C．not playing ‎　D．to not play ‎96．This is James Allom Green. We can call him ____ ．‎ ‎　A．Mr Green ‎　B．Mr Allom ‎　C．Mr James ‎　D．James Green ‎97．The sound of the radio is too loud. Wil you please ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．turn it down ‎　B．turn it on ‎　C．turn up it ‎　D．turn down it ‎ ‎98．The teacher asked all the students in the class to keep their eyes ____ ．‎ ‎　A．close ‎　B．to close ‎　C．closing ‎　D．closed ‎99．Lin Tao went to work on the farm last week，and ____ ．‎ ‎　A．his sister did so ‎　B．so did his sister ‎　C．so his sister did ‎　D．did his sister so ‎100．____ is bad for our health. ‎ ‎　A．Doing eye exercises ‎　B．Going to bed early ‎ ‎　C．Eating too much ‎　D．Taking a walk after supper ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．C              2．B           3．C               4．D          5．B                 6．C ‎7．A              8．B           9．C               10．A         11．C               12．B ‎13．D            14．A         15．C             16．B         17．C               18．A ‎19．D            20．B         21．B             22．C         23．D               24．D ‎25．B            26．A         27．B             28．D         29．C               30．A ‎31．C            32．B         33．A             34．C         35．D               36．B ‎37．C            38．A         39．C             40．A         41．D               42．C ‎43．B            44．D         45．A             46．B         47．D               48．A ‎49．D            50．B         51．C             52．D         53．B               54．C ‎55．C            56．B         57．A             58．D         59．C               60．D ‎61．A            62．C         63．A             64．B         65．C               66．D ‎67．C            68．B         69．A             70．C         71．C               72．C ‎73．B            74．B         75．C             76．C         77．C               78．C ‎79．C            80．A         81．C             82．D         83．B               84．D ‎85．A            86．C         87．D             88．B         89．A               90．D ‎91．A            92．D         93．C             94．C         95．B               96．A ‎97．A            98．D         99．B             100．C ‎ 十七、英语交际用语 ‎1．----“ What day is it today ?”‎ ‎　 ----“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It's a fine day. ‎ ‎　B．It's Sunday. ‎ ‎　C．It's cloudy. ‎ ‎　D．It's June 19th. ‎ ‎2．---- ____. May I use your dictionary?‎ ‎　 ----Sure. Here you are. ‎ ‎　A．OK ‎　B．Sorry. Sir ‎　C．Excuse me ‎ ‎3．----Don't draw on the wall, Jim. ‎ ‎　 ---- ____ ‎ ‎　A．No, I don't like. ‎ ‎　B．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　C．Sorry , I won't. ‎ ‎　D．Thanks. ‎ ‎4．Which of the following is often seen in a hospital's waiting-room?‎ ‎　A．NO PHOTOS ‎　B．DANGER ‎ ‎　C．NO SMOKING ‎　D．STOP ‎ ‎5．---- Could I have your name, please, sir?‎ ‎　 ---- ____ ‎ ‎　A．You're polite. ‎ ‎　B．My name is Jack, Jack Brown. ‎ ‎　C．It's very kind of you. ‎ ‎　D．Oh , it's a secret ‎ ‎6．On the morning of Chirstmas Day , children wake up their parents and say “ ____ !”‎ ‎　A．Good morning ‎　B．Happy New Year ‎ ‎　C．Best wishes to you ‎　D．Merry Christmas ‎7．----“Don't throw paper on the ground, please. ”‎ ‎　 ----“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　B．I'm sorry ‎　C．Excuse me. ‎ ‎　D．That's all right. ‎ ‎8．“ I have lost my dictionary. ” “ ____ ”. ‎ ‎　A．What a pity !‎ ‎　B．It's nothing ‎　C．It doesn't matter ‎　D．Not at all ‎9．----“You look so nice in the blue sweater. ”‎ ‎　 ----____.‎ ‎　A．That's all right. ‎ ‎　B．Not at all. ‎ ‎　C．Thank you. ‎ ‎　D．I don't mind ‎10．Tom:“How are you?”Bob:“Fine, Thank you. And you?”Tom:“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Fine ‎　B．“Fine．And you?”‎ ‎　C．Thank you. ‎ ‎　D．“How are you?”‎ ‎11．When a new term begins, you meet your classmates at the school gate, you should say“ 　____ ”‎ ‎　A．How do you do?‎ ‎　B．Miss you very much. ‎ ‎　C．Hello! Glad to see you again. ‎ ‎　D．Are you fine?‎ ‎12．“ ____ ”“They are both fine, thank you．”‎ ‎　A．How fine are your parents?‎ ‎　B．What are your parents?‎ ‎　C．Who are your parents ?‎ ‎　D．How are your parents? ‎ ‎13．When you are at home, someone is knocking at the door, you should say “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Who ary you ?‎ ‎　B．What are you?‎ ‎　C．Who's knocking?‎ ‎　D．Who is it?‎ ‎14．“I'm glad to see you. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Thank you. ‎ ‎　B．So am I. ‎ ‎　C．See you later. ‎ ‎　D．That's all right. ‎ ‎15．“Are you feeling better now?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Much better, thank you. ‎ ‎　B．You too. ‎ ‎　C．Glad to meet you. ‎ ‎　D．I'm sorry about it. ‎ ‎16．“Is ____ here?”“No, Bob has asked for leave. ”‎ ‎　A．anybody ‎　B．everybody ‎ ‎　C．somebody ‎　D．nobody ‎17．“May I introduce myself?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Nice to meet you ‎　B．You may too ‎　C．OK ‎　D．Please do ‎18．Kate: ____ Mary: Thank you very much. ‎ ‎　A．Bad luck!‎ ‎　B．Better wish to your family !‎ ‎　C．What a good wish to your family!‎ ‎　D．Please remember me to your parents. ‎ ‎19．After the evenig party, you say to your guests “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Good evenig. ‎ ‎　B．Good night ‎　C．I'll be back soon. ‎ ‎　D．Good afternoon. ‎ ‎20．When your friend wants to say goodbye to you at your house door, he should say“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Don't come any farther ‎　B．Stay where you are. ‎ ‎　C．Good evenig ‎　D．See you tomorrow. ‎ ‎21．“I must be going now. Goodbye. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Bye-bye. ‎ ‎　B．Good morning ‎　C．How do you do?‎ ‎　D．How are you ?‎ ‎22．“Hello! Could I speak to Mr Li, please?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I'm Mr Wang. ‎ ‎　B．That's me. ‎ ‎　C．Speaking. ‎ ‎　D．Who are you. ‎ ‎23．( on the phone)“ Hello, May I speak to Mike?”“ This is Mike speaking. ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Who are you?‎ ‎　B．Who's that?‎ ‎　C．And you?‎ ‎　D．Thank you?‎ ‎24．“Hello. May I speak to John?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Who are you?‎ ‎　B．Yes, I'm. ‎ ‎　C．Sorry, he's out. ‎ ‎　D．Thank you. ‎ ‎25．“ ____ ” “Sorry, she isn't in. ”‎ ‎　A．Who's that?‎ ‎　B．Who's this?‎ ‎　C．May I speak to John? ‎ ‎　D．May I Speak to Betty?‎ ‎26．“Who's that speaking?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．This is Tom speaking. ‎ ‎　B．It's me. ‎ ‎　C．I'm Tom speaking here. ‎ ‎　D．That's your friend. ‎ ‎27．“ ____ ”“This is Tom speaking. ”‎ ‎　A．Who speaks?‎ ‎　B．What are you talking about?‎ ‎　C．Who's that speaking?‎ ‎　D．Who's gong to talk?‎ ‎28．“Hello. May I speak to Mike? ” “ Would you please call back later?‎ ‎　A．Who are you?‎ ‎　B．Sorry, he isn't in. ‎ ‎　C．Thank you very much. ‎ ‎　D．Yes, here you are. ‎ ‎29．“Could you ask Wang Tao to call me, please?” “ Sure．____ ”‎ ‎　A．What's your telephone number?‎ ‎　B．Could you answer the telephone?‎ ‎　C．What's your name, please?‎ ‎　D．How do you call the telephone?‎ ‎30．“Hello. May I speak to Fang Hua?” “Yes. ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I'm Fang Hua. ‎ ‎　B．My name's Fang Hua. ‎ ‎　C．This is Fang Hua. ‎ ‎　D．Fang Hua's me. ‎ ‎31．“Could I speak to Mr White, please?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, you couldn't. ‎ ‎　B．Of course you could. ‎ ‎　C．If you want, you'll just have to wait. ‎ ‎　D．Sorry, I'm afraid he's out at the moment. ‎ ‎32．“Thank you for your help. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　B．You're welcome. ‎ ‎　C．You're kind ‎　D．It's no need. ‎ ‎33．“You speak very good English. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Thank you. ‎ ‎　B．No, my English is poor. ‎ ‎　C．Don't say that. ‎ ‎　D．It's a pleasure. ‎ ‎34．“You have done a good job. ” “ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．I don't think so ‎　B．No, I didn't do well enough ‎ ‎　C．Really?‎ ‎　D．You're very kind to say so. ‎ ‎35．“Thank you for helping me. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Don't thank me. ‎ ‎　B．That's all right ‎　C．It doesn't matter ‎　D．I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎36．“You look beautiful tonight. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．All right ‎　B．That's right ‎　C．Certainly ‎　D．Thank you ‎37．“I think you are a good student. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, I'm not. ‎ ‎　B．Thank you. It's very kind of you to say so. ‎ ‎　C．No, I don't think so. ‎ ‎　D．That's all right. ‎ ‎38．“ If you have any question, be sure to come and ask me. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I will thank you very much. ‎ ‎　B．I don't mind coming at all. ‎ ‎　C．I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎　D．I hope to come again. Goodbye. ‎ ‎39．“Happy New Year!” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．How do you do !‎ ‎　B．Merry Christmas !‎ ‎　C．Not at all. ‎ ‎　D．The same to you. ‎ ‎40．When you are invited to your friend's birthday party, you should say first“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Glad to see you ‎　B．How happy you are !‎ ‎　C．Happy birthday to you !‎ ‎　D．I'm glad to come here. ‎ ‎41．“Have a good winter holiday. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I'm afraid I won't ‎　B．OK. Let's have a good time ‎ ‎　C．All right, I will. ‎ ‎　D．Thanks. And you too. ‎ ‎42．“ I'm going to a birthday party tomorrow. ”“Oh，good. ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Take your time. ‎ ‎　B．Enjoy you. ‎ ‎　C．Have a good time. ‎ ‎　D．Play well. ‎ ‎43．“Happy birthday to you!”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Happy birthday to you, too. ‎ ‎　B．The same to you.‎ ‎　C．You'll be all right. ‎ ‎　D．Thank you. ‎ ‎44．“ Happy New Year to you!”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．The same to you. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I'm happy. ‎ ‎　C．Very well, thank you. ‎ ‎　D．OK, thank you. ‎ ‎45．“Mike, I'll go now for the new job．”“ ____ I hope you do well”‎ ‎　A．Good wish ‎　B．Good chance. ‎ ‎　C．Good luck. ‎ ‎　D．Good hope. ‎ ‎46．“ I'm to go camping this weekend. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Can you fish?‎ ‎　B．Have a good time. ‎ ‎　C．No．I'm too busy. ‎ ‎　D．Don't give up now. ‎ ‎47．“Would you like to have some rice?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, I like. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　C．Of course. ‎ ‎　D．Yes, I have. ‎ ‎48．“ Would you like to go shopping with me ?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, I'd like to. ‎ ‎　B．That's right. ‎ ‎　C．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　D．Quite well. ‎ ‎49．“ Could you lend me your ruler, please? ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．That's all right ‎　B．Not at all. ‎ ‎　C．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　D．Of course, with pleasure. ‎ ‎50．“Will you please give this note to her?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I will do. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I shall. ‎ ‎　C．No, I don't ‎　D．I'll be glad to. ‎ ‎51．“Whuld you like some tea?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, thanks. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I love it. ‎ ‎　C．No, not.‎ ‎　D. Sorry I don't. ‎ ‎52．“ I'm sorry to trouble you, Miss Gao. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Fine, thank you. ‎ ‎　B．It's very kind of you. ‎ ‎　C．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　D．The same to you. ‎ ‎53．“I'm sorry. I don't know the way, either. You'd better ask that policeman for help. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Good night. ‎ ‎　B．That's nothing. ‎ ‎　C．Very well. ‎ ‎　D．Thank you all the same. ‎ ‎54．“ ____ , but would you tell me the way to the office?”‎ ‎　A．Excuse me ‎　B．I'm sorry ‎　C．I beg your pardon ‎　D．Please excuse ‎55．Don't forget to say“ ____ ”when you interrupt someone. ‎ ‎　A．Thank you ‎　B．I'm sorry ‎　C．Excuse me. ‎ ‎　D．Pardon ‎56．“ I'm sorry for giving you so much trouble”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Oh, it's nothing. ‎ ‎　B．I'm sorry too. ‎ ‎　C．Oh, thank you. ‎ ‎　D．I don't mind. ‎ ‎57．“I'm sorry to keep you waiting so long. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Thank you. ‎ ‎　B．I'm sorry, too. ‎ ‎　C．That's all right. ‎ ‎　D．Excuse me. ‎ ‎58．“Oh, I'm not feeling well, I've got a cold. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Fine, How are you?‎ ‎　B．Never mind. Take care. ‎ ‎　C．Well, I'm sure to get well soon. ‎ ‎　D．I'm sorry to hear that. ‎ ‎59．If someone tells you that he isn't well today, you should say “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎　B．Don't think of it. ‎ ‎　C．I can help you. ‎ ‎　D．I'm sorry to hear that. ‎ ‎60．“My brother fell from a tree and broke his leg. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, he does. ‎ ‎　B．That's too bad. ‎ ‎　C．I'm sorry. ‎ ‎　D．He isn't lucky. ‎ ‎61．“ What a pity I can't go to the lecture”“ ____ We can tell you about it. ‎ ‎　A．Never mind. ‎ ‎　B．Not at all. ‎ ‎　C．Don't mention it. ‎ ‎　D．That's all right. ‎ ‎62．“What a wonderful day! Shall we go for a walk?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Good luck. ‎ ‎　B．Good idea. ‎ ‎　C．Come over. ‎ ‎　D．Let's go to the park. ‎ ‎63．“Would you like to come to dinner tonight?”“ ____ but I'm too busy”. ‎ ‎　A．I like it. ‎ ‎　B．Certainly. ‎ ‎　C．I'd like to. ‎ ‎　D．I'm sorry. ‎ ‎64．“ Would you go and see the play with me?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Not at all. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I think I will. ‎ ‎　C．Excuse me, I can't. ‎ ‎　D．No, I think I will. ‎ ‎65．“Please take my seat here, Granny.”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, you seat, please. ‎ ‎　B．That's very kind, of you. ‎ ‎　C．Fine, thank you. ‎ ‎　D．I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎66．“Shall I get some chalk for you?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I can do it without you.‎ ‎　B．NO, thanks．Let Tom do it.‎ ‎　C．I don't need you help.‎ ‎　D．That's right.‎ ‎67．“Will you please help me with my physics?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Excuse me, I'm afraid not.‎ ‎　B．It's very nice of you.‎ ‎　C．I'm sorry to hear that.‎ ‎　D．Certainly．I'll be glad to.‎ ‎68．“There's a seat for you, Wang Lin.”“ ____ It's for Granny Lian.”‎ ‎　A．Thank you.‎ ‎　B．No, thanks ‎　C．I'm very sorry.‎ ‎　D．I'll take it.‎ ‎69．“Can I help you?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, help me.‎ ‎　B．No, don't help me.‎ ‎　C．Yes, I want to buy a stamp.‎ ‎　D．That's all right.‎ ‎70．“Would you like some milk in your tea? ” “Yes, just ____ .”‎ ‎　A．little ‎　B．a little ‎　C．few ‎　D．a few ‎71．“ ____ madam?” “ I'm looking for a dress for my sister.”‎ ‎　A．What can I do for you.‎ ‎　B．What do you want to buy. ‎ ‎　C．What about the dress. ‎ ‎　D．Can you help me. ‎ ‎72．“May I borrow your ruler?”“Sure. ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Give you. ‎ ‎　B．You are here. ‎ ‎　C．Here you are. ‎ ‎　D．Thank you. ‎ ‎73．“Can I carry this box for you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, you must. ‎ ‎　B．That's very kind of you. ‎ ‎　C．Let me help you. ‎ ‎　D．I can carry it. ‎ ‎74．“Shall I close the window?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Not at all. ‎ ‎　B．never. ‎ ‎　C．No, please don't. ‎ ‎　D．Don't do that now. ‎ ‎75．“Can you answer this question?”“Well, ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I'd like to. ‎ ‎　B．how easy it is. ‎ ‎　C．let me try. ‎ ‎　D．quite good. ‎ ‎76．“Must the homework be handed in tomorrow?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, you must. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, you may. ‎ ‎　C．No, you needn't. ‎ ‎　D．No, it needn't. ‎ ‎77．“Will you please show us around the exhibition?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Right. ‎ ‎　B．That's right. ‎ ‎　C．That's all right. ‎ ‎　D．All right. ‎ ‎78．“May I have a word with you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Sorry, you may. ‎ ‎　B．No, you may. ‎ ‎　C．What's that?‎ ‎　D．Sorry, I'm too busy now. ‎ ‎79．When the teacher answers your question, you don't hear clearly, you should say“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Say it again. ‎ ‎　B．I didn't hear clearly. ‎ ‎　C．I beg your pardon?‎ ‎　D．Repeat it again. ‎ ‎80．“I beg your pardon?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, you don't. ‎ ‎　B．No problem ‎　C．Never mind. ‎ ‎　D．I said I didn't like it. ‎ ‎81．“Will you help me repair my bike?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　B．No, thanks ‎　C．Certainly, I'll be glad to. ‎ ‎　D．Of course, I would like. ‎ ‎82．“Can you play basketball with us now?”“ ____ I'll have to finish my homework first. ”‎ ‎　A．Certainly. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I can. ‎ ‎　C．I'm not afraid. ‎ ‎　D．I'm afraid not. ‎ ‎83．“Are you free next Sunday afternoon?”“ ____ I must go and meet my aunt at the railway station. ”‎ ‎　A．I think so. ‎ ‎　B．I don't think so. ‎ ‎　C．Yes. I do. ‎ ‎　D．No I don't. ‎ ‎84．“Isn't your uncle a doctor?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, he is. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, he isn't. ‎ ‎　C．No, he isn't. ‎ ‎　D．Yes, he does. ‎ ‎85．“Is he coming, too?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Perhaps not. ‎ ‎　B．He is coming. ‎ ‎　C．He isn't coming. ‎ ‎　D．He's coming, too. ‎ ‎86．“What has happened to George? I don't know. He ____ lost. ”‎ ‎　A．can have got ‎　B．may have got. ‎ ‎　C．might get ‎　D．could get. ‎ ‎87．Lin Tao:“Did you enjoy you holiday in Xi'an?”Mike:“Yes, I had a good time there. ”Lin Tao:“ ____ ”‎ ‎　　Mike:“Well, I think it's a place of great interest. ”‎ ‎　A．Do you like the place?‎ ‎　B．How do you feel about Xi'an?‎ ‎　C．What do you think of Xi'an?‎ ‎　D．What would go like visit it again?‎ ‎88．“What's the weather like today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It's summer now. ‎ ‎　B．I like spring best. ‎ ‎　C．It's cloudy. ‎ ‎　D．It's winter. ‎ ‎89．“It's quite cold. isn't it?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．You're right. You'd better take off your coat. ‎ ‎　B．No, I think so. ‎ ‎　C．Yes. You'd better put on more clothes. ‎ ‎　D．Yes. It's warmer than yesterday. ‎ ‎90．“ ____ ”“It's fine. ”‎ ‎　A．What day is it today?‎ ‎　B．What's the date today?‎ ‎　C．How's the weather like today?‎ ‎　D．What's the weather like today?‎ ‎91．“Good morning, John. Lovely weather, isn't it?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes. you're right. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, isn't it?‎ ‎　C．Not very good, I think. ‎ ‎　D．But I don't think it. ‎ ‎92．“ ____ is the shirt?”“Forty yuan. ”‎ ‎　A．How much ‎　B．How many ‎　C．How long ‎　D．How old ‎93．“Shall I go to buy some apples at the shop?”“Yes, ____ red one's”‎ ‎　A．bring some ‎　B．carry a few ‎　C．take any ‎　D．bring a little ‎94．“ ____ do you wear?”“Size twenty-four. ”‎ ‎　A．What number shoes ‎　B．What size shoes ‎　C．How big shoes ‎　D．How long shoes ‎95．“ ____ ”“I'd like to borrow a book on radio. ”‎ ‎　A．What do you want?‎ ‎　B．What can I do for you?‎ ‎　C．Why are you here?‎ ‎　D．What are you doing here?‎ ‎96．“Do you want the yellow jacket or the blue one?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, I want the blue one. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, I want the yellow one. ‎ ‎　C．Yes, both. ‎ ‎　D．The blue one. ‎ ‎97．“ ____ ”“The black one. ”‎ ‎　A．What colour is it?‎ ‎　B．What is it?‎ ‎　C．How do you like the colour?‎ ‎　D．Which one do you like to choose?‎ ‎98．“Can I help you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．I'm looking for a cap for my son. ‎ ‎　B．Thank you very much. ‎ ‎　C．I'm leaving. ‎ ‎　D．Here you are. ‎ ‎99．“ ____ where's the hospital, please?”“Oh, it's over there. ”‎ ‎　A．Excuse me. ‎ ‎　B．Pardon. ‎ ‎　C．Sorry ‎　D．Hello ‎100．“Could you tell me how I can get to the post office?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, I couldn't tell you. ‎ ‎　B．I'm afraid I don't ‎　C．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　D．Yes, of course. ‎ ‎101．“How far is it to the Science Museum?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Very soon. ‎ ‎　B．Two kilometres, I think. ‎ ‎　C．By train. ‎ ‎　D．About fifteen. ‎ ‎102．“Excuse me, could you tell me the way to the History Museum?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Here you are. ‎ ‎　B．No, I can't tell you. ‎ ‎　C．Hi, I won't know it. ‎ ‎　D．Certainly. Go down this street and you can see it. ‎ ‎103．“Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the park?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．You can't miss it. ‎ ‎　B．No, I can't ‎　C．I don't know. ‎ ‎　D．I'm sorry, but I'm a stranger. ‎ ‎104．“What's the date today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It's June 22. ‎ ‎　B．It's windy. ‎ ‎　C．It's Thursday. ‎ ‎　D．It's a fine day. ‎ ‎105．“ ____ ”“It's three fifteen. ”‎ ‎　A．What day is today?‎ ‎　B．What's the date today?‎ ‎　C．What time is it now?‎ ‎　D．What time it is?‎ ‎106．“What time is it?”“It's ____. ”‎ ‎　A．nine ‎　B．nice ‎　C．fine ‎　D．a clock ‎107．“What time is it?”It's“ ____. ”‎ ‎　A．Monday ‎　B．summer ‎　C．eight o'clock ‎　D．in the morning ‎108．“ ____ ”“It's July the first. ”‎ ‎　A．What day is today?‎ ‎　B．What's the date today?‎ ‎　C．What is today?‎ ‎　D．When is today?‎ ‎109．“What day is today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It's May 4th. ‎ ‎　B．It's Saturday. ‎ ‎　C．It's a fine day. ‎ ‎　D．It's a holiday. ‎ ‎110．“ ____ do you hear from your parents?”“Once a month. ”‎ ‎　A．How often ‎　B．How soon ‎　C．How long ‎　D．How far ‎111．Doctor: What's your trouble, young man? Bob: ____ ‎ ‎　A．I'll be fine soon. ‎ ‎　B．I think it's quite cold ‎　C．I'm worried about my mother. ‎ ‎　D．I've got a headache. ‎ ‎112．“(At the doctor's) It's nothing serious, doctor?”“No. ____ ”‎ ‎　A．You'll be all right soon. ‎ ‎　B．You won't be all right soon. ‎ ‎　C．There are some trouble with you. ‎ ‎　D．It's very serious. ‎ ‎113．“I'm not feeling well. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Help yourself to the cakes, please. ‎ ‎　B．I think you'll have a good time. ‎ ‎　C．There must be something wrong with my ears. ‎ ‎　D．Here, try this medicine. ‎ ‎114．“ ____ Tom?”“I've got a headache. ”‎ ‎　A．How are you. ‎ ‎　B．What's your wrong. ‎ ‎　C．How about you. ‎ ‎　D．What's the matter with you ‎115．“ ____ ”“My back hurts. ”‎ ‎　A．What do you come here for?‎ ‎　B．Why do you come here?‎ ‎　C．What do you want?‎ ‎　D．What's wrong with you?‎ ‎116．“Help yourself to some meat. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．It sounds nice. ‎ ‎　B．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　C．Yes, Let's help each other. ‎ ‎　D．Thank you. ‎ ‎117．“ ____ ”“Bring me two eggs and a glass of milk, please. ”‎ ‎　A．What do you want to eat?‎ ‎　B．What do you like?‎ ‎　C．What can I do for you?‎ ‎　D．What do you want to buy?‎ ‎118．“Would you like some meat?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Oh, I'm not hungry. ‎ ‎　B．We mustn't eat too much. ‎ ‎　C．Thank you. I've had enough. ‎ ‎　D．Not at all. ‎ ‎119．“Which would you like better, tea or milk?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．Yes, please. ‎ ‎　B．No, thanks. ‎ ‎　C．Tea, please. ‎ ‎　D．Tea or milk. ‎ ‎120．“The food you cooked tastes very good. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎　A．No, I an't cook. ‎ ‎　B．No, thanks ‎　C．Thank you I'm glad you enjoyed it. ‎ ‎　D．Can you cook? ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．B．“What day (of the week) is (it) today? “是问“星期几”的句型。‎ ‎2．C．要打扰别人应先说“Excuse me. ”. ‎ ‎3．C．表示不会再做某事应用将来时态。‎ ‎4．C．NO SOMOKING 表示“禁止吸烟”。NO PHOTOS 表示“禁止拍照”。‎ ‎5．B．‎ ‎6．D．“Merry Christmas!”表示“圣诞快乐！”“新年好！”是“Happy New Year!”‎ ‎7．B．做错了事，表示道歉。‎ ‎8．A．What a pity!“真可惜！”表示“同情怜悯”。‎ ‎9．C．在英语中对别人的夸奖、称赞应表示感谢。‎ ‎10．A．‎ ‎11.C．旧友重逢时常用此语。‎ ‎12．D．“How is (are)…”句型不仅可用于问候对方（you），也可用于第三人称。‎ ‎13．D．Who is it? 问敲门人是谁，不知性别。‎ ‎14．B．实际上，so am I. 在此处不如“I'm glad to see you, too”更常用。‎ ‎15．A．这是问候病人的常用句型。‎ ‎16．B．这是老师在上课时问全体学生是否都到齐了。‎ ‎17．D．客气地答应对方的请求。‎ ‎18．D．remember me (us) to sb. 代我（我们）向……表示问候。‎ ‎19．B．Good night. “晚安”。晚上分别时用语。‎ ‎20．D．see you tomorrow. 明天见。‎ ‎21．A．‎ ‎22．C．“speaking”是“This is Mr Li speaking”的省略形式。‎ ‎23．B．“Who's that?”指在电话里问对方是谁。‎ ‎24．C．‎ ‎25．D．这两题都是在电话里找某人接电话的惯用语及答语。‎ ‎26．A．This is…speaking. 在电话里说“我是…”。‎ ‎27．C．Who's that (speaking)?（电话里）你是谁？‎ ‎28．B．29．A．要给对方捎信得知道人家的电话号码。‎ ‎30．C．31．D．‎ ‎32．B．答谢语除此之外还有：Not at all. That's all right. (it's)My pleasure. It's a pleasure. 等等。‎ ‎33．A．在英语中，对别人的夸奖应表示感谢。‎ ‎34．D．这也是表达谢意的一种方式。‎ ‎35．B．               36．D．           37．B．                38．D．‎ ‎39．D．实际上，此句仍用 Happy New Year! 作答更为常见。‎ ‎40．C．表示“祝你生日快乐！”‎ ‎41．D．此句也可用 The same to you. 作答。‎ ‎42．C．表示祝愿对方玩得高兴。‎ ‎43．D．‎ ‎44．A．‎ ‎45．C．祝某人一帆风顺，运气好，常用此语。‎ ‎46．B．‎ ‎47．B．‎ ‎48．A．表“客气的应允”。‎ ‎49．D．with pleasure. 非常愿意。注意此短语与 (It's) My pleasure. It's a pleasure. 的语义及用法区别，后两句都是答谢用语。‎ ‎50．D．表示愿意帮忙。‎ ‎51．A．你不想喝茶就说 No, thanks. 想喝就说 Yes, thanks. ‎ ‎52．C．It doesn't matter. “没关系，”是致歉的答语。类似的用语还有：Never mind. That's all right. That's nothing. 等等。‎ ‎53．D．all the same 仍然、一样地。‎ ‎54．A．excuse me 和 sorry 后面都可以与 but 连用。‎ ‎55．C．要打断别的说话应先说 Excuse me。‎ ‎56．A．It's nothing. 没关系。‎ ‎57．C．That's all right. 既可作答语（“不用谢”），也可作致歉的答语（“没关系”）。‎ ‎58．D．对别人说出的不快之事，应表示遗憾。‎ ‎59．D．同上。‎ ‎60．B．That's too bad. 太糟糕了。‎ ‎61．A．C、B 是答谢用语，D既可做答谢语，也可回答致歉语，但不能用于安慰别人。‎ ‎62．B．Good idea“好主意”，表示同意别人的主意。‎ ‎63．C．I'd like to 和 I'd love to. 都表示答应别人的邀请。‎ ‎64．B．‎ ‎65．B．That's very kind of you. “你太好了。”也可以说成 That's very nice of you. 其功能相当于 Thank you。‎ ‎66．B．表示婉然谢绝，可说 No, thanks。‎ ‎67．D．I'll be glad to. 表示答应别人的请求。‎ ‎68．B．同16小题。‎ ‎69．C．此题中的 Can I help you? 就是售货员说的“您要买什么？”‎ ‎70．B．just a lithe 意思是“少来点儿。”而用 little 则是嫌少。‎ ‎71．A．“What can I do for you”也是问顾客要买什么。类似的还可说 Anything I can do for you?‎ ‎72．C．“给你”应说 Here you are. 而不能说 give you. ‎ ‎73．B．That's very kind of you. “你太好了。”‎ ‎74．C．表示客气的请求别人不要做某事。‎ ‎75．C．表示同意做某事，并表示“尝试”一下。‎ ‎76．D．此题是被动语态，主语是 homework. it needn't 后省略了 be handed in tomorrow. 如果主语是 I 或 We，则可选 C。‎ ‎77．D．表示同意，That's all right. 是“不用谢，没关系”。‎ ‎78．D．C项的错误在于主语不能用that，如将其改成it，即也是正确选项。‎ ‎79．C．用Pardon? 更常见。‎ ‎80．D．问话是要求对方再说一遍。此句也可表示“对不起”，这要看具体场合而定。‎ ‎81．C．‎ ‎82．D．I'm afraid not. 表示婉然谢绝，也可表示不同意别人的看法或想法。‎ ‎83．B．此处的I don't think so. 与 I'm afraid not. 大致相同。但语气不如 I'm afraid not. 委婉。‎ ‎84．C．注意否定形式的一般疑问句和“前否定，后肯定”的反意疑问答语中，Yes、No与汉语表达恰好相反。此处的No, he isn't. 汉意应为“是的，他不是”。‎ ‎85．A．Perhaps not. 是 Perhaps he isn't coming. 的省略形式。‎ ‎86．C．might 意为“可能”，语气比may更加不确定。A、D项中的can和could在肯定句中不表示“可能”，can在疑问句和否定句中表示“可能”。may have got表示的“可能”，是对过去事情的猜测，与问句不符。‎ ‎87．C．询问别人的看法，与 How do you like…? 功能相同。‎ ‎88．C．这是问天气的句型。‎ ‎89．C ‎90．D ‎91．B．见面时以谈天气的方式表示寒喧的用语。‎ ‎92．A．How much is (are)…? 问价格句型。‎ ‎93．A．bring是“带来”，take是“拿走”，carry的“拿、带”，没有方向性。‎ ‎94．B．What size shoes do you wear? 你穿多大号码的鞋？‎ ‎95．B．此处的 What can I do for you? 是图书管理员问借书者要借什么书。‎ ‎96．D．对选择疑问句必须作具体回答，而不能用Yes/No来回答。‎ ‎97．D ‎98．A．此处的 Can I help you? 是售货员问顾客要买什么。‎ ‎99．A 100．D．客气地答应对方的请求。‎ ‎101．B．问距离。‎ ‎102．D．‎ ‎103．D．‎ ‎104．A．‎ ‎105．C．问“几点了？”也可以说What's the time?. ‎ ‎106．A．‎ ‎107．C．这两题都是问几点钟。‎ ‎108．B．‎ ‎109．B．问“星期几”。‎ ‎110．A．How often 每隔多长时间（做一次）。这是用于问时间频率的疑问词。‎ ‎111．D．What's your trouble? 你有什么病？此句还可用“What's wrong with you? 和“What's the matter with you?”替换之，都是问某人有什么毛病。‎ ‎112．A．all right 常表示“行、好、可以”，此处表示“安然无恙”‎ ‎113．D．114．D．同111小题。‎ ‎115．D．同上。‎ ‎116．D．Help yourself (yourselves) to sth. 随便吃／用……。‎ ‎117．C．售货员问顾客要买什么。‎ ‎118．C．不管你吃不吃，都应表示感谢。‎ ‎119．C．120．C．对别人的夸奖应表示感谢，注意此处与汉语用语方面的差别。 ‎ 十五、主谓一致 ‎1．Neither Wei Hua nor Ann ____ on the team. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．goes ‎　D．go ‎2．“ I think neither this shirt nor that one ____ good”he said. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．were ‎　D．was ‎3．Three years ____ a short time. You have to study hard. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．be ‎　D．were ‎4．Each of us ____ a nice pencil-box. ‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．has ‎　C．are having ‎5．Those men ____ soldiers. ‎ ‎　A．an ‎　B．is ‎ ‎　C．are ‎ ‎6．----Where is my pen, please?‎ ‎　 ----It ____ on your desk. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．be ‎　C．are ‎　D．/‎ ‎7．Either Jim or Sam ____ going to help the farmers with the orange harvest this afternoon. ‎ ‎　A．was ‎　B．were ‎　C．is ‎　D．are ‎8．All the food ____ ready now. Let's have a meal. ‎ ‎　A．be ‎　B．an ‎　C．is ‎　D．are ‎9．All ____ done now. ‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．has ‎　C．has been ‎　D．have been ‎10．This pair of shoes ____ for my father. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．buy ‎　D．get ‎11．There ____ a desk, two beds and four chairs in the room ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．has ‎　D．have ‎12．Nothing but grass and trees ____ the hill. ‎ ‎　A．covers ‎　B．cover ‎　C．covering ‎　D．is    covering ‎ ‎13．The box of rubbers ____ white. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．be ‎　D．were ‎14．____ he or you to come home?‎ ‎　A．Is ‎　B．Are ‎ ‎　C．Will ‎　D．Can ‎15．No book and no pen ____ in the bag. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．has ‎　D．have ‎16．His family ____ a large one. The whole family ____ watching TV. ‎ ‎　A．is…is ‎　B．are…are ‎　C．are…is ‎　D．is…are ‎17．Each student and each teacher ____ to see the film. ‎ ‎　A．go ‎　B．wish ‎　C．are ‎　D．wants ‎18．None of that money on the table ____ mine. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．been ‎　D．were ‎19．The mother with two children often ____ to the town. ‎ ‎　A．go ‎　B．goes ‎　C．are going ‎　D．is going ‎20．Ten minutes ____ enough for me. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．am ‎　D．be ‎21．Neither my father nor I ____ there just now. ‎ ‎　A．were ‎　B．is ‎　C．are ‎　D．was ‎22．I think maths ____ very interesting. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．sound ‎　D．seem ‎23．The writer and teacher ____ coming now. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．has ‎　D．have ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．A．neither…nor…连接两个并列主语时，应根据“就近一致”的原则，使谓语动词的数与nor后面的词语相一致。‎ ‎2．B．同上。‎ ‎3．A．当表示时间，货币单位，长度距离等名词的复数形式作主语时，可将其看成一个整体，谓语动词用单数形式 ‎4．B．each作主语时，谓语动词总是用单数形式，另外，each和every修饰单数，可数名词作主语，谓语动词也用单数形式。‎ ‎5．C．men为复数，故用are。‎ ‎6．A．7．C．同第1小题。‎ ‎8．C．不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词应用单数。‎ ‎9．C．all指“事情”的整体，相当于everything，谓语动词用单数；如果all代替复数可数名词，谓语动词则应用复数。‎ ‎10．A．“…pair of…”结构做主语时，谓语动词的单、复数形式与pair一致。此句如去掉pair短语，用shoes作主语，谓语动词则应用复数形式。‎ ‎11．A．在there be句型中，如果be后面接并列主语，be的单、复数形式与紧接着的名词的数相一致。‎ ‎12．A．but在此句中作介词，相当于except，此种结构中谓语的单复数应与but前的名词或代词相一致。此句意为：“整个山上除了草之外什么也没有。”‎ ‎13．A．此句中的box作主语，of rubbers是介词短语作定语。‎ ‎14．A．or引导两个并列的名词或代词作主语时，谓语动词的人称和数应与最靠近的名（代）词的数相一致，在肯定句中是这样，在否定句中也是如此，此句若转换为肯定句就为： He or you are to come home. ‎ ‎15．A．“No…+单数名词and＋no+单数名词”结构作主语时，谓语动词相应用单数形式。‎ ‎16．D．象family．class等集体名词作主语时，如果把该句词看成一个整体，谓语动词用单数（第一空），如把其看成单个的个体，谓语动词则应用复数。‎ ‎17．D．each…and each…的谓语动词应用单数形式。‎ ‎18．A．none of结构接不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词应用单数；none of后接可数句词复数时，谓语动词用单、复数都可。‎ ‎19．B．wiht、along、as well as 、except等介词短语与名词、代词相连接作主语时。谓语动词的人称和数要与介词短语前面的名词或代词一致。‎ ‎20．A．道理同“中考题例”第1题。‎ ‎21．D．同上。‎ ‎22．B．maths、physics等名词虽以s结尾，但却是单数概念。‎ ‎23．A．and后面无定冠词，表示“作家兼教师”。指的是一个人，故谓语动词用单数。 ‎ 十四、并列句 ‎1．I like fish, ____ my brother doesn't like it. ‎ ‎　A．so ‎　B．or ‎　C．for ‎　D．but ‎ ‎2．Mr Zhang felt a little tired, ____ he still went on working ‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．and ‎ ‎　C．so ‎　D．or ‎ ‎3．----Will you be free on Saturday morning ? ‎ ‎　 ----No, I won't , ____ I'll be free on Monday afternoon.‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．for ‎　C．and ‎　D．so ‎ ‎4．Miss Gao is badly ill, ____ she is still working very hard.‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．and ‎ ‎　C．so ‎　D．or ‎5．Hurry up, ____ you won't catch the early bus. ‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．and ‎ ‎　C．or ‎　D．so ‎ ‎6．Go along the road, ____ you'll find the market at the end of it ‎ ‎　A．when ‎　B．and ‎ ‎　C．or ‎　D．though ‎7．I help him ____ he helps me. We help each other （互相）‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．and ‎ ‎　C．or ‎8．____ Saturday ____ Sunday is OK. I will be free in these two days. ‎ ‎　A．Either；or ‎　B．Neither； nor ‎　C．Both; and ‎　D．One; the other ‎9．Mr. Zhang felt very tired, ____ he needed a good rest. ‎ ‎　A．and ‎　B．so ‎　C．or ‎　D．but ‎10．____ human beings（人类） ____ animals can live without air. ‎ ‎　A．Not only; but also ‎　B．Both; and ‎　C．Either; or ‎　D．Neither; nor ‎11．Work hard, ____ you'll catch up with others. ‎ ‎　A．and ‎　B．but ‎　C．or ‎　D．for ‎12．----Have you got any brothers ____ sisters?‎ ‎　　---- I have a sister. ‎ ‎　A．nor ‎　B．or ‎　C．but ‎　D．for ‎13．Be quick, ____ you'll be late for the football match. ‎ ‎　A．so ‎　B．but ‎　C．and ‎　D．or ‎14．Jim is an American, ____ he can speak very good Chinese. ‎ ‎　A．if ‎　B．so ‎　C．but ‎　D．because ‎15．We bought Granny a present, ____ she didn't like it. ‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．and ‎　C．when ‎　D．if ‎16．That was our firtst lesson, ____ she didn't know all our names ‎　A．for ‎　B．but ‎　C．so ‎　D．or ‎17．The boy is only ten, ____ he can do some washing himself ‎　A．though ‎　B．but ‎　C．or ‎　D．so ‎18．He is listening to the music ____ he is washing clothes ‎　A．after ‎　B．before ‎　C．that ‎　D．while ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．D．前后两个分句意思相反，表转折，应用but ‎2．A．同上。‎ ‎3．A．同上。‎ ‎4．A．同上。‎ ‎5．C．or表示“否则”，前后两个句子是相对关系。如用and，则为“顺接关系，其意思与or相反。此句也可说成： Hurry up, and you'll catch the early bus. ”‎ ‎6．B                                   7．B ‎8．A．根据第一句的动词is和第二句的意思，应填either…or。B项的neither…nor语义与该句不吻合。both…and后接复数形式的谓语动词。D项非连接词，也有不用。‎ ‎9．B．两个分句为因果关系，故用so．‎ ‎10．D．前三项虽在在语法上与题干都吻合，但不符合事实逻辑。‎ ‎11．A．该句型为“祈使句+ and+陈述句”结构，祈使句可转换为一个if引导的条件状语从句。如果前后两个句都用肯定语气，则用and连接；如果两个分句的语气为一个肯定，一个否定，则应用or连接，该句如用or连接应为：Work hand, or you won't catch up with others. ‎ ‎12．B．此句中只能用or连接，其余三个词都不能用。‎ ‎13．D．结构同11小题，道理也相同。注意第二个分句虽是肯定形式，但late也含有“否定”语气，故用or。‎ ‎14．C．美国人会说汉语的并不是自然的，故应用but．‎ ‎15．A                                 16．C                     17．B ‎18．D．while为并列连词，表“对比”。意为“他去听音乐，而他却在洗衣服。” ‎ ‎ 十六、There be 句型 ‎ ‎1．----What did you see in the basket then ?‎ ‎　 ----There ____ a bottle of orange and some oranges. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎ ‎　C．was ‎　D．were ‎2．There ____ a big tree near the house. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．have ‎　D．has ‎3．There ____ a lot of animals in the zoo. ‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．has ‎　C．is ‎　D．are ‎4．How many boys ____ there in Class one?‎ ‎　A．be ‎　B．is ‎　C．are ‎　D．am ‎5．There ____ a lot of good news in today's newspaper ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．was ‎　D．were ‎6．There ____ pencil-box, two books and some flowers on the desk ‎　A．is a ‎　B．are some ‎　C．has a ‎　D．have some ‎ ‎7．____ any flowers on both sides of the street ?‎ ‎　A．Is there ‎　B．Are there ‎　C．Has ‎　D．Have ‎8．____ is there on the table?‎ ‎　A．How many apples ‎　B．How much bread ‎　C．How much breads ‎　D．How many food ‎ ‎9．There are sixty minutes in ____ hour. ‎ ‎　A．an ‎　B．the ‎　C．a ‎　D．/‎ ‎10．There is ____ old woman in the car. ‎ ‎　A．/‎ ‎　B．a ‎　C．the ‎　D．an ‎11．There's ____ orange tree behind ____ house. ‎ ‎　A．an; the ‎　B．a; a ‎　C．the; the ‎ ‎12．There is ____ map in the classroom. ____ map is on the wall. ‎ ‎　A．a; A ‎　B．the; The ‎ ‎　C．a; The ‎　D．the; A ‎ ‎13．There is ____ “f”and ____ “u” in the word “four ”. ‎ ‎　A．an; a ‎　B．a; a ‎　C．an; an ‎　D．a; an ‎14．There ____ not any water in the glass. ‎ ‎　A．has ‎　B．is ‎　C．are ‎ ‎15．There ____ a football match in our shool this aternoon. ‎ ‎　A．are going to have ‎　B．is going to have ‎ ‎　C．are going to be ‎　D．is going to be ‎ ‎16．There ____ an apple and ten bananas in the basket. You can take any of them. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．has ‎　D．have ‎17．____ any flowers on both sides of the street?‎ ‎　A．Is there ‎　B．Are there ‎　C．Has ‎　D．Have ‎18．There ____ great changes in our country since 1979. ‎ ‎　A．have been ‎　B．were ‎　C．has been ‎　D．are ‎19．There is little water in the glass, ____ ?‎ ‎　A．isn't there ‎　B．isn't it ‎　C．is it ‎　D．is there ‎20．----There is no air or water on the moon. Is there?‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Yes, there are ‎　B．No, there isn't ‎　C．Yes, there isn't ‎　D．No, there is ‎21．There isn't ____ paper in the box. Will you go and get some for me?‎ ‎　A．any ‎　B．some ‎　C．a ‎　D．an ‎22．There ____ some water in the bottle. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．is ‎　C．has ‎　D．have ‎23．How many ____ are there in your classroom?‎ ‎　A．desks ‎　B．desk ‎　C．chair ‎　D．door ‎24．There ____ something wrong with my car. ‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．has ‎　C．is ‎　D．have ‎25．There ____ a pencil and two pens in the pencil box ‎　A．are ‎　B．has ‎　C．have ‎　D．is ‎26．There is some ____ on the table. ‎ ‎　A．apple ‎　B．orange ‎ ‎　C．cake ‎　D．sandwich ‎27．There ____ some paper and a pen on the desk．‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．are ‎　C．have ‎　D．has ‎28．There ____ a school at the foot of the hill ‎　A．have ‎　B．stand ‎　C．are ‎　D．stands ‎29．There's going to ____ in tomorrow's newspapers ‎　A．have something new ‎　B．have new somethingC．be something new ‎　D．be new something ‎30．There is some milk in the bottle, ____ ?‎ ‎　A．isn't there ‎　B．aren't there ‎ ‎　C．isn't it ‎　D．are there ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．C．there be后接并列主语时，be的单复数形式应为紧接的名词相一致。注：a bottle of orange一瓶桔子汁；some oranges一些桔子。第一个短语中的orange是不可数名词，意为“桔子汁”；第二个短语的oranges是可数名词，意为“桔子”。‎ ‎2．B．‎ ‎3．D．there be句型中一般不用动词have，但在完成时态里用have（has），即 there have（has） been…。‎ ‎4．C．主语是boys，故用are。‎ ‎5．A．“在今天的报纸上”表示“现在”，另外，news是不可数名词，故用is。‎ ‎6．A．道理同1题。‎ ‎7．B．‎ ‎8．B．因题干中动词用is，故只能选带不可数名词bread。‎ ‎9．A．10．D．11．A．12．C．13．A．‎ ‎14．B．water是不可数名词。‎ ‎15．D．‎ ‎16．B．‎ ‎17．B．flowers是复数，故用are there。‎ ‎18．A．since1979就与现在完成时连用，又因句中主语是changes，故用have been。‎ ‎19．D．little有否定含义，故附加部分用is there。‎ ‎20．B．在yes、no构成的答语中，前后肯否定语气和形式应一致，不能相互矛盾。‎ ‎21．A．否定句中应用any。‎ ‎22．B．‎ ‎23．A．此空只能填复数名词。因谓语动词是are。‎ ‎24．C．something，anything之类的复合不定代词作主语时，谓语动词应用单数形式。‎ ‎25．D．此题的选择是根据“就近原则”‎ ‎26．B．orange（桔子汁）作不可数名词。其它三项在名词和动词的数上都不吻合。‎ ‎27．A．道理同中考题例1小题。‎ ‎28．D．there be句型中的动词 be也可换用stand．lie．live等动词。‎ ‎29．C．there is（are）going to be …是there be 句型的将来时态。形容词修饰 something，anything等复合不定代词时应后置。‎ ‎30．A． ‎ 十三、状语从句和宾语从句 ‎1．She will find him a kind man when she ____ more about him ‎　A．knows ‎　B．know ‎　C．will know ‎　D．is going to know ‎ ‎2．We'll stay at home if it ____ this afternoon ‎　A．rain ‎　B．rains ‎ ‎　C．to rain ‎　D．raining ‎ ‎3．Bob didn't go to bed ____ he finished his work ‎　A．until ‎　B．after ‎　C．while ‎　D．when ‎4．This TV set is too dear, ____ it gives you a better picture ‎　A．or ‎　B．if ‎　C．though ‎　D．and ‎5．We will go to the Great Wall if it ____ tomorrow ‎　A．won't rain ‎　B．isn't raining ‎ ‎　C．rained ‎　D．doesn't rain ‎6．Betty didn't go to see the film yesterday ____ she was ill ‎　A．because ‎　B．but ‎　C．until ‎　D．if ‎7．We won't visit the Great Wall until the rain ____ ‎ ‎　A．will stop ‎　B．stops ‎　C．stopped ‎　D．has stopped ‎8．I didn't buy the dictionary yesterday ____ my aunt would give me one. ‎ ‎　A．until ‎　B．because ‎　C．if ‎　D．before ‎9．----I don't know if he ____. ‎ ‎　 ----He will come if it ____. ‎ ‎　A．comes; won't rain ‎　B．will come; doesn't rain ‎　C．comes; doesn't rain ‎　D．will come; won't rain ‎10．Do you know what time ____ ?‎ ‎　A．the train leave ‎　B．does the train leave ‎　C．will the train leave ‎　D．the train leaves. ‎ ‎11．I can't understand ____. ‎ ‎　A．what does Christmas mean ‎　B．what Christmas does mean ‎　C．what mean Christmas does ‎　D．what Christmas means. ‎ ‎12．The small children don't know ____. ‎ ‎　A．what is their stockings in ‎　B．what is in their stockings ‎　C．where is their stockings in ‎　D．what in their stockings ‎13．Could you tell me ____ the radio without any help?‎ ‎　A．how did he mend ‎　B．what did he mend ‎　C．how he mended ‎　D．what he mended ‎14．Can you tell us?‎ ‎　A．when did he come ‎　B．When he came ‎　C．when did he came ‎　D．he came when ‎15．I don't know ____ I can do for you. ‎ ‎　A．who ‎　B．that ‎　C．what ‎16．Could you tell us ____ Mr Brown lives in Room 202?‎ ‎　A．that ‎　B．where ‎　C．until ‎　D．if ‎17．Do you know ____ he did not turn off the light?‎ ‎　A．how ‎　B．why ‎　C．what ‎　D．whether ‎18．I don't know ____ or not it will rain tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．that ‎　B．when ‎　C．if ‎　D．whether ‎19．----Why is their classroom so clean and tidy?‎ ‎　　---- ____ it is cleaned every day. ‎ ‎　A．Since ‎　B．As ‎　C．Because ‎　D．For ‎20．Can you tell me ____ is going to give us a talk next Monday?‎ ‎　A．who ‎　B．whom ‎　C．whose ‎　D．what ‎21．I don't think he is having a meeting, ____ ?‎ ‎　A．do I ‎　B．don't I ‎　C．is he ‎　D．isn't he ‎22．Who do you think ____ the ticket?‎ ‎　A．has got ‎　B．to get ‎　C．to getting ‎　D．getting ‎23．____ was sunny when I went out for a walk yesterday ‎　A．It ‎　B．That ‎　C．This ‎　D．There ‎24．How many kilometres is ____ from your home to school?‎ ‎　A．there ‎　B．this ‎　C．that ‎　D．it ‎25．Do you find ____ intersting to learn English?‎ ‎　A．an ‎　B．it ‎　C．very ‎　D．more ‎26．We'll stay at home if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．rain ‎　B．rains ‎　C．is raining ‎　D．will rain ‎27．I ____ the message to him as soon as he ____ back tomorrow ‎　A．give; came ‎　B．will give; will come ‎　C．will give; comes ‎　D．give; will come ‎28．She ____ when I went to see her. ‎ ‎　A．is reading ‎　B．have read ‎　C．was reading ‎　D．reads ‎29．My sister ____ in that school since she left school ‎　A．taught ‎　B．had taught ‎　C．teaches ‎　D．has taught ‎30．He told me that he ____ the film three times. ‎ ‎　A．have seen ‎　B．had seen ‎　C．sees ‎　D．will see ‎31．Mr White hoped he ____ China the next year. ‎ ‎　A．would visit ‎　B．will visit ‎　C．visited ‎　D．has visited ‎32．I told him that the sun ____ in the east ‎　A．rises ‎　B．rose ‎　C．has risen ‎　D．was rising ‎33．I don't know if she ____. If she ____ , please let me know ‎　A．comes; comes ‎　B．will come; will come ‎　C．comes; will come ‎　D．will come; comes ‎34．I've no idea at all ____. ‎ ‎　A．where he has gone ‎　B．where did he go ‎　C．which place has he gone ‎　D．where has he gone ‎35．I didn't know what ____. ‎ ‎　A．was the matter ‎　B．is the matter ‎　C．matter was ‎　D．the matter is ‎36．I couldn't agree with ____ at the meeting ‎　A．that you said ‎　B．which you said ‎　C．what did you say ‎　D．what you said ‎37．My friend asked me ____. ‎ ‎　A．that who is girl ‎　B．who that girl was ‎　C．who was that girl ‎　D．that girl was who ‎38．Everyone except Jim and Jack ____. ‎ ‎　A．know who is he ‎　B．know who he is ‎　C．knows who is he ‎　D．knows who he is ‎39．My teacher asked me ____. ‎ ‎　A．who dictionary this was ‎　B．whose dictionary this was ‎　C．whose dictionary was this ‎　D．who dictionary was this ‎40．It is ten years ____ I left my hometown ‎　A．since ‎　B．if ‎　C．whether ‎　D．until ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．A．在时间、条件状语从句中，用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎2．B．同上。‎ ‎3．A．not…until直到……才……。‎ ‎4．C．though引导让步状语从句，意为“虽然”。‎ ‎5．D．参见1题解释。‎ ‎6．A．‎ ‎7．B．同1小题。‎ ‎8．B ‎9．B．第一个句子中的if引导的是宾语从句，第二个句子引导的是条件状语从句。‎ ‎10．D．leaves是用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎11．D．此句考查宾语从句结构。一般的从句结构应为陈述语序，即“连词+ 主语+ 谓语。”‎ ‎12．B．此句中的what是宾语从句中的主语。‎ ‎13．C．同上。‎ ‎14．B．同上。‎ ‎15．C．此题考查连词用法。what在宾语从句中做do 的宾语。‎ ‎16．D．if引导宾语从句，作“是否”讲。‎ ‎17．B．此句不能用whether，因为if和whether引导的宾语从句的谓语一般不用否定句，但可用 if／whether…or not结构。‎ ‎18．D．if和whether都可引导在句尾有or not的句子，whether还可接“whether or not…”结构，而 if不能。‎ ‎19．C．虽然这四个词都可表示“原因”，但只有because可回答why引导的疑问句。‎ ‎20．A．who在从句中作主语。‎ ‎21．C．在“I think…”句型中，附加问句的谓语动词采取从句的动词形式，肯，否定形式与主句谓语相对应。‎ ‎22．A．此句是复杂结构的特殊疑问句，其结构为：“疑问词+ do you think （believe…）+主语+谓语？” do you think是插入成分。如果疑问词作主语，插入成分后的主语需去掉。‎ ‎23．A．it表示天气。‎ ‎24．D．it表示距离。‎ ‎25．B．it作形式宾语，代替后面作真正宾语的不定式。‎ ‎26．B．在条件状语从句中用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎27．C．主句用一般将来时，条件状语从句用一般现在时。‎ ‎28．C．时间状语从句用一般过去时，主句用过进行时。‎ ‎29．D．since从句与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎30．B．主句谓语动词用过去时，从句中只能用过去时态。‎ ‎31．A．从句中用过去将来时，是因为主句用一般过去时。‎ ‎32．A．从句若叙述的是客观真理或自然规律，可用一般现在时，不受主句时态限制。‎ ‎33．D．第一个if引导的是宾语从句，第二个if引导的是条件状语从句。‎ ‎34．A．where从句是同位语从句，修饰idea．‎ ‎35．A．What在从句中做主语，故语序与原简单句的语序一致。‎ ‎36．D．What you said意为“你所说的话”。‎ ‎37．B．Who在从句中作表语。‎ ‎38．D．①主句主语是 Everyone，故谓语动词knowe。②从句中的who作表语，故应用陈述语序。‎ ‎39．B．‎ ‎40．A．此句属句型“It is+ 一段时间短语+ since从句（过去时）。” ‎ 十二、祈使句、感叹句和反意疑问句 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．There is hardly ____ milk in the bottle, ____ there? ‎ ‎　A．no; isn't ‎　B．some; is ‎ ‎　C．little; isn't ‎　D．any; is ‎ ‎2．Let's go to th eisland ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．won't you ‎　B．will you ‎ ‎　C．shall we ‎　D．will we ‎ ‎3．You have met before, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．haven't you ‎　B．have you ‎ ‎　C．do you ‎　D．don't you ‎ ‎4．John has never been to China, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．has she ‎　B．hasn't she ‎ ‎　C．hasn't he ‎　D．has he ‎ ‎5．The Canadian girl knows little Russian, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．doesn' t she ‎　B．does she ‎ ‎　C．isn't she ‎　D．is she ‎ ‎6．Alice has to finish her work now, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．has she ‎　B．hasn't she ‎ ‎　C．does she ‎　D．doesn't she ‎ ‎7．Don't forget to give Polly some food and change her water, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．will you ‎　B．shall we ‎ ‎　C．won't you ‎　D．do you ‎ ‎8．----The computer costs me nearly 1, 000 yuan. ‎ ‎　 ----Oh dear! ____ expensive it is! ‎ ‎　A．How ‎　B．What ‎ ‎　C．What a ‎　D．How a ‎ ‎9．____ beautiful the flowers are! ‎ ‎　A．What ‎　B．How ‎ ‎　C．What a ‎　D．How a ‎ ‎10．____ fine weather it is today! ‎ ‎　A．How ‎　B．What a ‎ ‎　C．What ‎　D．How a ‎ ‎11．It's your first day to work. ____ late! ‎ ‎　A．Don't ‎　B．Don't be ‎ ‎　C．Be not ‎　D．Not be ‎ ‎12．“ ____ late for class again, ”said the teacher（’99山东）‎ ‎　A．Not to be ‎　B．Not be ‎ ‎　C．Don't be ‎　D．Won't be ‎ ‎13．----He isn't working now, is he? ‎ ‎　　---- ____. ‎ ‎　A．Yes, he is ‎　B．Yes , he isn't ‎ ‎　C．No, he is ‎　D．I know ‎ ‎14．----I have lost my pen. ‎ ‎　　----Use my pen. ____. ‎ ‎　A．Here you are ‎　B．Here are you ‎ ‎　C．Here is it ‎　D．Here they are ‎ ‎15．Hurry, ____ we shall be late for school. ‎ ‎　A．and ‎　B．or ‎ ‎　C．but ‎　D．so ‎ ‎16．She asked me to go, ____ I went. ‎ ‎　A．for ‎　B．so ‎ ‎　C．but ‎　D．or ‎ ‎17．The rain didn't stop ____ made us stay at school until 7o'clock in the morning. ‎ ‎　A．but ‎　B．so ‎ ‎　C．and it ‎　D．or ‎ ‎18．She didn't like to play basketball, ____ he likes singing and dancing. ‎ ‎　A．or ‎　B．but ‎ ‎　C．and ‎　D．so ‎ ‎19．It's a fine day. Let's go fishing, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．won't you ‎　B．will you ‎ ‎　C．don't we ‎　D．shall we ‎ ‎20．“ ____ have you been to Nanjing?” ‎ ‎　A．How long ‎　B．How many times ‎ ‎　C．When ‎　D．Since when ‎ Ⅱ．将下列各句变成否定句（每空一词）。‎ ‎1．She's from Tonghua. ‎ ‎　 She ____ from Tonghua. ‎ ‎2．My grandpa walks in the morning. ‎ ‎　 Mrgrandpa ____ ____ in the morning. ‎ ‎3．Linda has some fruit in her bag. ‎ ‎　 Linda ____ ____ fruit in her bag. ‎ ‎4．The Whites have supper at seven in the evening. ‎ ‎　 The Whites ____ ____ supper at seven in the evening. ‎ ‎5．Mike did well in maths last year. ‎ ‎　 Mike ____ ____ well in maths last year. ‎ ‎6．The homework was done just now. ‎ ‎　 The homework ____ just now. ‎ ‎7．There's some salt on the plate. ‎ ‎　 There ____ ____ salt on the plate. ‎ ‎8．We've already finished the work. ‎ ‎　 We ____ finished the work ____. ‎ ‎9．You can see something in the room. ‎ ‎　 You ____ see ____ in the room. ‎ ‎10．They're both at work. ‎ ‎  　　____ of them ____ at work. ‎ ‎11．I think he did wrong. ‎ ‎　　I ____ think he did wrong. ‎ ‎12．Everything is ready. ‎ ‎ 　　____ is ready. ‎ ‎13．The old woman is always kind to her husband.‎ ‎ 　　The old woman is ____ kind to her husband. ‎ ‎14．Put the broom behind the door. ‎ ‎ 　　____ put the broom behind the door. ‎ ‎15．We'd better go there on foot. ‎ ‎　　We'd better ____ ____ there on foot. ‎ ‎16．There will be an English film this week. ‎ ‎　　There ____ be an English film this week. ‎ ‎17．They are having a good time in the park. ‎ ‎　　They ____ having a good time in the park. ‎ ‎18．He has been to America twice, too. ‎ ‎　　He ____ been to America twice, ____. ‎ ‎19．I can sing the Japanese song very well. ‎ ‎　　I ____ sing the Japanese song very well. ‎ ‎20．I bought some books last week. ‎ ‎　　I ____ ____ ____ __books last week. ‎ ‎21．She does morning exercises every day. ‎ ‎　　She ____ ____ morning exercises every day. ‎ ‎22 ．Call me at six tomorrow evening.‎ ‎ 　　____ call me at six tomorrow evening.‎ ‎23 ．Let's get there by taxi. ‎ ‎　　Let's ____ ____ there by taxi. ‎ ‎24 ．You'd better write to her at once. You'd better ‎ 　　____ ____ to her at once.‎ ‎25．Both these books are useful. ‎ ‎ 　　____ book ____ useful. ‎ ‎26 ．All of them are hard workers.‎ ‎ 　　____ of them is a hard worder. ‎ ‎27 ．There's something wrong with my bike.‎ ‎　　There's ____ wrong with my bike. ‎ ‎　　There ____ ____ wrong with my bike.‎ ‎28 ．There's somebody at the door.‎ ‎　　There's ____ at the door.‎ ‎　　There ____ ____ at the door. ‎ ‎　　There's ____ ____ at the door. ‎ ‎29．She did some shopping yesterday.‎ ‎ 　　She ____ ____ ____ shopping yesterday.‎ ‎30 ．I think he'll be back in a minute.‎ ‎　　I ____ think he ____ be back in a minute.‎ Ⅲ．将下列各句变成一般疑问句：‎ ‎1 ．Everybody is in the classroom. ‎ ‎　　____ ____ in the classroom? ‎ ‎2．She's never helped others. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ never helped others? ‎ ‎3 ．The boy does some housework at home. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the boy ____ ____ housework at home? ‎ ‎4．The children had a good time in the park. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the children ____ a good time in the park? ‎ ‎5 ．Jim has some story -books. ‎ ‎ 　　____ Jim ____ story -books? ____ Jim ____ storybooks? ‎ ‎6．Jo read today's newspaper. ‎ ‎ 　　____ Jo ____ today's newspaper? ‎ ‎7．Mr Hunt told us something important at the meeting. ‎ ‎ 　　____ Mr Hunt tell you ____ important at the meeting? ‎ ‎8 ．The plane has already landed. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the plane landed ____ ? ‎ ‎9 ．The old man often does morning exercises. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the old man often ____ morning exercises? ‎ ‎10．They'll meet you at the station. ‎ ‎ 　　____ they ____ you at the station? ‎ ‎11．We're from the United States. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ from the United States? ‎ ‎12 ．They have an expensive DVD. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ an expensive DVD? ____ ____ -an expensive DVD? ‎ ‎13．The building was built many years ago. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the building ____ many years ago? ‎ ‎14 ．He has already gone to England. ‎ ‎ 　　____ he ____ to England ____ ? ‎ ‎15．I must finish my homework before eight o'clock. ‎ ‎ 　　____ you ____ your homework before eight o'clock? ‎ ‎16 ．He often goes to the library. ‎ ‎ 　　____ he often ____ to the library? ‎ ‎17 ．They have a class meeting every other week. ‎ ‎ 　　____ they ____ a class meeting every other week? ‎ ‎18 ．They made the machines themselves. ‎ ‎ 　　____ they ____ the machines themselves? ‎ Ⅳ ．完成下列反意疑问句：‎ ‎1．It's cold, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎2．Lucy goes to school by bike, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎3．The boy has a dog, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎4．The Kangs had to wait for you for long, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎5．He can read the book in the room, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎6．Mrs Brown said nothing at the meeting, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎7 ．Few people hate flowers. ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎8 ．There's some sugar in the box , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎9．Nobody saw the film, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎10 ．Jim must be here on time , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎11．Allan nearly cut her hand, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎12．You may use his eraser, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎13．Try on the shoes, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎14．Let's sing an English song together, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎15 ．Let me have a try , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎16．I'm sure you're wrong, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎17．They'll be on duty next Monday, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎18．We'd better help her, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎19．Everything has been finished, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎20．He needs our help, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎21 ．There's a police car over there , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎22 ．He said Mary could made the model plane , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎23 ．He told us to do that but we don't know why , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎24 ．She won't go to bed until she finishes her work , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎25．Somebody called me at four yesterday afternoon, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎26 ．No one could answer the question , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎27 ．Everything is OK , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎28．We have never heard of that before, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎29．She can hardly believe her eyes, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎30．There's little milk in the glass, ____ ____ ?‎ ‎31 ．He is too excited to speak , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎32．Don't play football in the street, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎33．Everything has been finished, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎34．He did right , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎35．You'd better have a good rest, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎36．Neither he nor I am right, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎37．I think he can do it, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎38．Some of us are good at English, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎39 ．Some of them are Young Pioneers , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎40 ．None of the bread was bad , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎41 ．None of us knew the way , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎42．You'd like some tea, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎43 ．She's read a lot , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎44．She's reading the newspaper, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎45．Everything is all right, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎46．Everbody is here, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎47．She is unhappy, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎48．There are few books in his bag, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎49．I have never been to Beijing, ____ ____ ?‎ ‎50 ．there is nothing in the glass , ____ ____ ?‎ Ⅴ．用 what或 how填空，使其变成感叹句。‎ ‎1 ．The TV play is interesting. ‎ ‎ 　　____ interesting the TV play is! ‎ ‎2．We've read the nice book. ‎ ‎ 　　____ nice book we've read! ‎ ‎3 ．You bought cheap potatoes. ‎ ‎ 　　____ cheap potatoes you bought! ‎ ‎4．It's a very expensive coat. ‎ ‎ 　　____ expensive the coat is! ‎ ‎5．The TV play is very interesting. ‎ ‎ 　　____ interesting TV play it is! ‎ ‎6 ．We've read the nice book. ‎ ‎ 　　____ nice book we've read! ‎ ‎7．It's a very expensive coat. ‎ ‎ 　　____ expensive the coatis! ‎ ‎8 ．You bought cheap tomatoes. ‎ ‎ 　　____ cheap tomatoes. ‎ ‎9 ．He works hard. ‎ ‎ 　　____ hard he works ! ‎ ‎10．The weather was bad yesterday. ‎ ‎ 　　____ bad weather it was yesterday! ‎ ‎11．It's a beautiful city. ‎ ‎ 　　____ beautiful city it is! ‎ ‎12．She's a clever girl. ‎ ‎ 　　____ clever the girl is! ‎ ‎13 ．It's an interesting film. ‎ ‎ 　　____ interesting the film is ! ‎ ‎14．The boy is running very fast. ‎ ‎ 　　____ fast the boy is runing ! ‎ Ⅵ．把下列各句变为另一种形式： ‎ ‎1．What good news it is ! ‎ ‎ 　　____ good the news is ! ‎ ‎2．What a lovely day ! ‎ ‎ 　　____ lovely the day is! ‎ ‎3 ．How interesting the stories are ! ‎ ‎ 　　____ interesting stories they are ! ‎ ‎4．How sunny it is today! ‎ ‎ 　　____ sunny day it is! ‎ ‎5．The workers are working hard. ‎ ‎ 　　____ hard the workers are working!‎ ‎6 ．He runs very fast. ‎ ‎ 　　____ fast he runs!  ‎ 参考答案 Ⅰ．‎ ‎1．D．因为句中的hardly有否定含义（几乎不），故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎2．C．Let's…句型的附加部分用 shall we. ‎ ‎3．A ‎4．D．never是否定词，故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎5．B．little具有否定含义，故附加部分应用肯定形式。‎ ‎6．D．have(has)to的附加疑问形式用助动词do的适当形式。had better的附加疑问形式用“had/hadn't+主语”。‎ ‎7．A．在由动词原形构成的祈使句中，如果主句谓语是肯定形式，附加部分可用“will或won't加主语”，如果主句谓语是否定形式，附加部分只能用“will+主语”。‎ ‎8．A．在感叹句中，how修饰形容词或副词，what修饰名词。‎ ‎9．B．句中需强调的是形容词（beautiful），固用how。‎ ‎10．C．句中强调的中心词是名词（weather），故用what，又因weather是不可数名词，故不能选 B项的 what a。‎ ‎11．A．Yes/No答语前后的肯、否定语气应一致。‎ ‎12．A．Here you are. 给你。‎ ‎13．B．or否则。‎ ‎14．B．so是副词，起连接作用，意为“因此，于是”。‎ ‎15．C．前后两个分句是按因果关系顺接下来的，故应用and接it，因为前一分句是否定句，省略it则易产生语义分歧。‎ ‎16．B．前后语气发生“转折”，故用but。‎ ‎17．D．Let's祈使句的附加部分用Shall we。‎ ‎18．B．How many times是问次数，have been to是指“去过某处”，句中疑问词与谓语动词的衔接表示非延续的动作，故不能和 How long或 since when连用。‎ Ⅱ．‎ ‎1．isn't ‎2．doesn't walk ‎3．hasn't any．疑问句中用some，疑问句和否定句中用 any．‎ ‎4．don't have．have（has？）作“有”讲时，变疑问句时可将其移到主语前面，也可变为 Do （Does） +主语+ have…？变否定句时可在其后直接加 not，或“don't（doesn't） have”。但如果have作行为动词，则只能加助动词do的各种形式，而不能象连系动词be那么变了。‎ ‎5．didn't do．didn't为助动词， do为实意动词。‎ ‎6．wasn't done 7．isn't any ‎8．haven't, yet。在肯定句中用already，疑问句和否定句中用yet。‎ ‎9．can, nothing/can't, anything．You can see nothing in the room．和 You can't see ‎ anything in the room．同义。‎ ‎10．Neither，is．用Both，aren't则构成“部分否定”，意为“并不是他们俩都在工作”。‎ ‎11．don't．此句是“转移否定”。转移否定中主句谓语动词除用think外，还可用suppose，believe，guess等，且主语用I（we），谓语动词用一般现在时态。‎ ‎12．Nothing．如果在is后加 not，也构成“部分否定”，意为“并不是一切都准备好了”。‎ ‎13．never．always 的反义词是never 。‎ ‎14．Don't．祈使句的否定形式两类：以动词原形开头的祈使句的否定式在句首加 Don't；以 let's开头的祈使句的否定式在 let's后加 not，再加动词原形。‎ ‎15．not go                       16．won't                17．aren't ‎18．hasn't， either           19．can't ‎20．didn't buy any            21．doesn't do ‎22．Don't                        23．not get              ‎ ‎24．not write                   25．Neither， is ‎26．None ‎27．nothing ；isn't anything ‎ ‎28．nobody；isn't anyone （anybody）；no one ‎ ‎29．didn't do any 30．don't will ‎ Ⅲ、‎ ‎1．Is everybody ‎2．Has she ‎3．Does, do any ‎4．Did，have．have在此句中是行为动词，故疑问句不能将其提前。‎ ‎5．Has，any；Does，have any ‎6．Did，read．注意原句中的read是过去时。‎ ‎7．Did，anything．something用于肯定句，anything用于疑问句和否定句。‎ ‎8．Has，yet ‎9．Does，do．注意Does是助动词， do是实意动词。‎ ‎10．will，meet ‎11．Are you．陈述句的主语是第一人称I或 we变为疑问句时，一般都变为第二人称you。‎ ‎12．Have；they Do they have ‎13．Was，built ‎14．Has， gone， yet．陈述句中用 already，疑问句和否定句中用yet．‎ ‎15．Must，finish ‎16．Does，go ‎17．Do，have．have在此句中作行为动词。‎ ‎18．Did make Ⅳ．‎ ‎1．isn't it ‎2．doesn't she ‎3．hasn't he /doesn't he ‎4．didn't they ‎5．can't he ‎6．did she ‎7．do they．注意主语中有否定词 few.‎ ‎8．isn't there ‎9．did he ‎10．isn't he．must表猜测，意为“一定”。‎ ‎11．didn't he．注意nearly没有否定含义。‎ ‎12．mustn't you ‎13．will you/won't you ‎14．shall we 15．Sall I 16．aren't you ‎17．won't they 18．hadn't we 19．hasn't it ‎20．doesn't he．注意此句中的need的是实意动词。‎ ‎21．isn't there ‎22．didn't he．主语谓语动词是think，believe等动词时，其附加问句部分的谓语动词要与从句谓语动词一致，但其它的动词还是要和主句谓语动词一致。‎ ‎23．do we．并列句的附加部分的谓语形式要与第二个分句的谓语形式一致。‎ ‎24．will she．同22小题。‎ ‎25．didn't he/they．somebody （someone），anyone等复合不定代词作主语的附加问句部分的主语可用he，也可用they。‎ ‎26．could he/they．no one作主语时。附加问句部分的主语用he或they都可，谓语动词应用肯定形式。‎ ‎27．isn't it ‎28．have we．never是否定词，故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎29．can she．hardly是否定词。‎ ‎30．is there．little是半否定词，附加部分也应用肯定形式。‎ ‎31．is he. too…to有否定含义，故附加部分应用肯定形式。‎ ‎32．will you．Don't开头的祈使句的附加部分用 will you。‎ ‎33．hasn't it 34．didn't he ‎35．hadn't you ‎36．aren't I。 neither…or…连接并列王语时，附加部分的主语和谓语形式应与nor后面的主语相对应。am的否定的缩略句形式用aren't。‎ ‎37．can't he ‎38．aren't we ‎39．aren't they ‎40．was it．none是否定词， bread属不可数名词。‎ ‎41．did we                         42．will you ‎43．hasn't she                    44．isn't she ‎45．isn't it                          46．isn't he/ aren't they ‎47．is she．带否定前缀的词做主语，谓语、表语和宾语等成分时，句子仍视为肯定句，故附加部分用否定形式。‎ ‎48．are there．few是半否定词。‎ ‎49．have I．never是否定词。‎ ‎50．is there．nothing是否定词。‎ Ⅴ．‎ ‎1．How                             2．What a ‎3．What                            4．How ‎5．What an．TV play是单数可数名词，故应在interesting前加不定冠词an．‎ ‎6．What a．book是单数可数名词。‎ ‎7．How ‎8．What ‎9．How ‎10．What ‎11．What a ‎12．How ‎13．How 14．HowⅥ．1．How ‎2．How ‎3．What ‎4．What a ‎5．How ‎6．How ‎ 十一、特殊疑问句 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．---- ____ did you buy the new bag? ‎ ‎　 ----Last Monday. ‎ ‎　A．Where ‎　B．How ‎　C．When ‎　D．Who ‎2．---- ____ bag is this? ‎ ‎　 ----It's mine. ‎ ‎　A．What ‎　B．Who ‎　C．Who's ‎　D．Whose ‎ ‎3．---- ____ will the rainy season last? ‎ ‎　 ----About a month. ‎ ‎　A．How long ‎　B．How often ‎　C．How soon ‎　D．How much ‎ ‎4．---- ____ do you watch TV? ‎ ‎　 ----Once a week. ‎ ‎　A．How long ‎　B．How soon ‎　C．How often ‎　D．How much ‎ ‎5．---- ____ does he go to see Uncle Wang? ‎ ‎　 ----Twice a month, I think. ‎ ‎　A．How long ‎　B．How many ‎　C．How soon ‎　D．How often ‎ ‎6．Could you tell me ____ you were late for the meeting this morning? ‎ ‎　A．where ‎　B．why ‎　C．when ‎ ‎7．“ ____ and ____ are we going to have the meeting?” ‎ ‎　 “At half past eight in our school . ” ‎ ‎　A．What; where ‎　B ．When; how ‎ ‎　C．Who; where ‎　D ．When; where ‎ Ⅱ、就划线部分提问 ‎1 ．Miss Chen teaches Chinese in a middle school. ‎ ‎2 ．Li Lei is a student. ‎ ‎3 ．The book cost me 23 yuan. ‎ ‎4 ．He writes to his friend three times a month. ‎ ‎5 ．We write words with our hands. ‎ ‎6 ．He has three pens. ‎ ‎7 ．His father is 78 years old. ‎ ‎8．He can't ride a bike because he's too young. ‎ ‎9．I like the black cat best of all. ‎ ‎10．It's about 5 kilometres away from here to the People's Hospital. ‎ ‎11．Lucy and Lily are in Grade Two. ‎ ‎14．He often goes to school by bike. ‎ ‎15．It's Sunday today. ‎ ‎16．His name is Liu Hai. ‎ ‎17 ．It's 8∶30. ‎ ‎18．It will be cloudy tomorrow ‎ ‎19．John will be back in an hour. ‎ ‎20 ．I have got a bad cold. ‎ Ⅲ、就斜体部分提问，在空白处填上适当的词，每空一词。‎ ‎1 ．They're talking with our English teacher. ‎ ‎　　With ____ ____ they talking? ‎ ‎2 ．My penfriend lives in Canada. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ your penfriend ____ ? ‎ ‎3 ．Yang Guomei is on duty today. ‎ ‎ 　　____ is on duty today? ‎ ‎4 ．Kate's bike is green. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is Kate's bike? ‎ ‎5 ．Sam will help his aunt during the. surmmer holiday.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ Sam help his aunt? ‎ ‎6 ．The first class begins at eight. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ ____ the first class ____ ? ‎ ‎7 ．We shall borrow a dictionary from the library.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ you borrow from the library? ‎ ‎8 ．The Whites have gone to London by air. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ the Whites gone to London? ‎ ‎9 ．The watch cost about Three hundred and fifty yuan. ‎ ‎　　____ ____ ____ the watch cost? ‎ ‎10．The woman by the shop is our headteacher.‎ ‎ 　　____ woman is your headteacher? ‎ ‎11．Three and four is seven. ‎ ‎ 　　____ is three and four? ‎ ‎12．She must take the medicine three times a day.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ ____ she take the medicine? ‎ ‎13．The sports meeting will begin next Wednesday.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ the sports meeting begin? ‎ ‎14．I've lost Lily's pen. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ ____ you lost? ‎ ‎15．Mr Black said he would play football that afternoon.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ Mr Black say? ‎ ‎16 ．Bruce was late because he forgot it. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ Bruce late? ‎ ‎17 ．Miss Fu bought five books. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ ____ did Miss Fu ____ ? ‎ ‎18．The city is nearly three thousand kilometres away.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is the city? ‎ ‎19．His brother has been in the league for half a year ‎ ‎　　____ ____ ____ his brother been in the league? ‎ ‎20 ．It was June 20 , 1983 that day. ‎ ‎　　____ ____ ____ _ ____ that day? ‎ ‎21 ．Peter writes the most carefully of the three.‎ ‎ 　　____ writes the most carefully of the three? ‎ ‎22．Bill's kite is in that tall tree. ‎ ‎ 　　____ kite is in that tall tree? ‎ ‎23．My grandma is a doctor. ‎ ‎ 　　____ is ____ grandma? ‎ ‎24 ．I play football with my classmates every afternoon.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ you ____ with your classmates every afternoon? ‎ ‎25．It was June 21 the day before yesterday. ‎ ‎ 　　____ was ____ ____ the day before yesterday? ‎ ‎26 ．It's raining heavily today. ‎ ‎ 　　____ the weather ____ today? ‎ ‎27 ．My blouse is black and white. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is your blouse? ‎ ‎28 ．It's a quarter to ten now? ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is it now? ‎ ‎29 ．He walks like an old man. ‎ ‎ 　　____ does he walk ____ ? ‎ ‎30．My mother is very well. ‎ ‎ 　　____ is your mother? ‎ ‎31 ．Mr Read went to Australia by air. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ Mr Read ____ to Australia? ‎ ‎32．There're 1 , 000 students in our school. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ students are there in your school? ‎ ‎33 ．There's a little tea in the cup. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ tea is there in the cup? ‎ ‎34．The apple is four yuan a kilo. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is the apple? ‎ ‎35 ．It's one hundred metres from here to the factory.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is it from here to the factory? ‎ ‎36 ．I have studied English for five years. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ have you studied English? ‎ ‎37 ．I began to work in the hospital when I was eighteen.‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ you begin to work in the hospital? ‎ ‎38 ．He didn't go to the park because he was ill in bed.‎ ‎ 　　____ didn't he go to the park? ‎ ‎39 ．Miss Li lives in the city of Baoji. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ Miss Li live? ‎ ‎40 ．The one on the left is hers. ‎ ‎ 　　____ ____ is hers?  ‎ 参考答案 Ⅰ．‎ ‎1．C．根据答语 Last Monday，可知应用疑问词 When。‎ ‎2．D．根据答语中的mine，可知疑问词应用whose。‎ ‎3．A．根据答语 about a month可知疑问词应用 how long。‎ ‎4．C．根据答语 Once a week可知。‎ ‎5．D．同上。‎ ‎6．B 7．因为答语既说了时间，又说了地点，故用 when and where。‎ Ⅱ．‎ ‎1．Where dose Miss Chen teach Chinese? ‎ ‎2．What is Li Lei, “What is(sb. )?”是一个问某人职业的句型，问某人职业还可用 What do(dose) sb. do?或 What's one's job?等。‎ ‎3．How much did the book cost you? 注意原句 cost是过去时。‎ ‎4．How often does he write to his friend? ‎ ‎5．How do we write words? ‎ ‎6．How many pens has he?/How many pens does he have? ‎ ‎7．How old is his father? ‎ ‎8．Why can't he ride a bike? ‎ ‎9．Which cat do you like best? ‎ ‎10．How far is it from here to the People's Hospital? ‎ ‎11．What grade are Lucy and Lily in?如果将 Two划线， 则应用 Which grade 提问。‎ ‎12．Who often tells the boys about his stories? ‎ Who(Whom) does the old man often tell about his stories? ‎ What does the old man often tell the boys? ‎ ‎13．Whose coat is black? ‎ What colour is Han Meimei's coat? ‎ ‎14．How does he often go to school? ‎ ‎15．What day(of the week) is it today? ‎ ‎16．What is his name? ‎ ‎17．What time is it? ‎ ‎18．What will the weather be like tomormw?如果问“今天天气怎么样？”应说What's the weather like today?如问昨天的天气应说 What was the weather like yesterday? ‎ ‎19．How soon will John be back? ‎ ‎20．What's wrong with you? ‎ Ⅲ．‎ ‎1．whom are. 此种以介词开头的特殊疑问较为正式，此句也可改为： Who (Whom)are they talking with? ‎ ‎2．Where does, live ‎ ‎3．Who ‎ ‎4．What colour ‎ ‎5．When will ‎ ‎6．What time doos, begin ‎ ‎7．What will ‎ ‎8．How have ‎ ‎9．How much did ‎ ‎10．Which ‎ ‎11．What。问数学计算结果也可用 How much，但因此题只有一个空，所以只能填what. ‎ ‎12．How often must ‎ ‎13．When will ‎ ‎14．Whose pen have ‎ ‎15．What did ‎ ‎16．Why was ‎ ‎17．How many books, buy ‎ ‎18．How far. 问距离用 how far, 问某物的长度用 how long. 如： How long is the yellow River?how long还可问时间长度。‎ ‎19．How long has                         20．What was the date ‎ ‎21．Who                                     22．Whose ‎ ‎23．What, your                            24．What do, do ‎ ‎25．What, the date                        26．What's like ‎ ‎27．What colour                           28．What time ‎ ‎29．What, like                              30．How ‎ ‎31．How did, go                           32．How many ‎ ‎33．How much                            34．How much ‎ ‎35．How far                                36．How long ‎ ‎37．When did                               38．Why ‎ ‎39．Where does                           40．Which one  ‎ 十、情态动词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．This key ____ be Peter's. His is still in the lock. ‎ ‎　A．may not ‎　B．can' t ‎ ‎　C．mustn't ‎　D．needn't ‎ ‎2．It's cold outside. You'd better ____ your coal. ‎ ‎　A．not to take off ‎　B．not take off ‎ ‎　C．to not take off ‎　D．don't take off ‎ ‎3．---- ____ I take the newspaper away? ‎ ‎　 ----No, you mustn't. You ____ read it only here. ‎ ‎　A．Must; can ‎　B．May; can ‎ ‎　C．Need; must ‎　D．Must; must ‎ ‎4．---- ____ you like some more tea, sir? ‎ ‎　 ----No, thanks. ‎ ‎　A．Would ‎　B．May ‎ ‎　C．Must ‎　D．Shall ‎ ‎5．----May I go now? ‎ ‎　 ----No, you ____ . You ____ stay here. ‎ ‎　A．needn't; has to ‎　B．mustn't; have to ‎ ‎　C．can't; must ‎　D．needn't; must ‎ ‎6．----Must I write all the words down now? ‎ ‎　 ----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎　A．mustn't ‎　B．can't ‎ ‎　C．won't ‎　D．needn't ‎ ‎7．----May I go out and play basketball now? ‎ ‎　 ----No, you ____ finish your homework first. ‎ ‎　A．must ‎　B．can ‎ ‎　C．may ‎　D．need ‎ ‎8．You ____ worry about your son. He will get well soon. ‎ ‎　A．needn't ‎　B．can't ‎ ‎　C．mustn't ‎ ‎9．---- ____ I come in, Mr Green? ‎ ‎　 ----Yes, come in, please. ‎ ‎　A．Must ‎　B．May ‎ ‎　C．Will ‎　D．Need ‎ ‎10．He isn't in the school. I think he ____ be ill. ‎ ‎　A．can ‎　B．shall ‎　C．must ‎11．“Must I come here before eight o'clock?”“No, you ____ .”‎ ‎　A．can't ‎　B．couldn't ‎　C．mustn't ‎　D．needn't ‎ ‎12．I haven't brought my dictionary with me. ____ I use yours? ‎ ‎　A．Must ‎　B．Shall ‎　C．May ‎　D．Need ‎ ‎13．----You can't swim, can you? ‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．Yes, I can't ‎　B．No, I can't ‎　C．Yes, you can ‎　D．No, I can ‎ ‎14．He can hardly see anything, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．can't he ‎　B．could he ‎ ‎　C．can he ‎　D．couldn't he ‎ ‎15．____ to have your lunch with me this afternoon? ‎ ‎　A．Would you like ‎　B．If you like ‎ ‎　C．Did you like ‎　D．Are you like ‎16．----Will you come to see the film with me? ‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．No, I don't ‎　B．sorry, I can't ‎ ‎　C．Yes, I am ‎　D．Yes, I wasn't ‎ ‎17．----I ____ keep the book a little longer? ‎ ‎　　----Yes, you can. ‎ ‎　A．Must ‎　B．Need ‎　C．Can ‎　D．Should ‎ ‎18．---- ____ I watch TV this evening, Mum? ‎ ‎　　----Yes, you ____ . ‎ ‎　A．May; may ‎　B．must; can ‎ ‎　C．Must; may ‎　D．Need; need ‎ ‎19．Mike must work harder at his lessons, ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．needn't he ‎　B．mustn't he ‎ ‎　C．doesn't he ‎　D．isn't he ‎ ‎20．----May I go now? ‎ ‎　　----No, you ____ , You ____ stay here. ‎ ‎　A．needn't; here to ‎　B．needn't must ‎　C．mustn't; have to ‎　D．needn't; has do ‎ ‎21．Tom ____ it if he doesn't want to. ‎ ‎　A．doesn't need to ‎　B．need not to do ‎ ‎　C．needs not to do ‎　D．need not do ‎ ‎22．Put on more clothes. You ____ be feeling cold with only a shirt on. ‎ ‎　A．can ‎　B．could ‎ ‎　C．would ‎　D．must ‎ ‎23．----May I keep the book for two weeks? ‎ ‎　　----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎　A．can't ‎　B．may not ‎ ‎　C．mustn't ‎　D．might not ‎ ‎24．____ take the man upstairs? ‎ ‎　A．Had I better not ‎　B．Had I not better ‎ ‎　C．Hadn't I better to ‎　D．Did I have better not ‎ ‎25．----Must I return the book this morning? ‎ ‎　　----No, you ____ . But you ____ return it before supper. ‎ ‎　A．needn't, must ‎　B．mustn't, can ‎　C．mustn't may ‎　D．can't. need ‎ ‎26．---- ____ I get up at five o'clock tomorrow morning? ‎ ‎　　----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎　A．Must, can't ‎　B．Can't, can ‎　C．Must, needn't ‎　D．Must, shouldn't ‎ ‎27．It's quite early. We ____ worry about the time. ‎ ‎　A．mustn't ‎　B．may not ‎ ‎　C．needn't ‎　D．can't ‎ ‎28．----May I go swimming now? ‎ ‎　　----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎　A．mustn't ‎　B．may not ‎ ‎　C．couldn't ‎　D．needn't ‎ ‎29．The traffic ____ stop when the lights are red. ‎ ‎　A．must ‎　B．mustn't ‎ ‎　C．may ‎　D．can't ‎ ‎30．You ____ never play in the street. It's not safe. ‎ ‎　A．can ‎　B．may ‎　C．must ‎　D．need  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．B．can't在此表示“不可能”。 may not表示“不可以”，mustn't表示“不准”， needn't表示“不必”。‎ ‎2．B．此题考查 had better的用法。 had better后接动词原形，表示“最好（做）……”， had better的否定形式是“had better not+动词原形”。 take off作“脱下（衣物）”讲。‎ ‎3．B．may和can在疑问句和陈述句中都可表示“许可”。‎ ‎4．A．Would you like? 表示委婉的邀请或征询意见。 B、 C、 D 三个选项中的助动词不能与like搭配。‎ ‎5．C．A项的两个各选内容却不对。B项的错误是第一句虽然可用 mustn't，但第二空不能用 have to（表客观需要）。‎ ‎6．D．‎ ‎7．A．B方先说“不行（No），后面就是“命令式的言辞，（must），而不是说“可以（may）”做什么了。‎ ‎8．A．后一句说“他很快就康复了”，还可推测出前一句应是“不必着急。”‎ ‎9．B．在一般词句中用May表示“请求”。‎ ‎10．C．must 是此处表示猜测，意为“一定是……”。‎ ‎11．D．must的古定回答用 needn't。‎ ‎12．C ‎13．B．在用Yes/No的答语中，前后的肯、否定形式必须一致。‎ ‎14．C             15．A             16．B           17．C ‎ ‎18．A．may开头的问句的肯定答语仍用 may. ‎ ‎19．A．主句中的must表“必须”，故附加部分用needn't。‎ ‎20．C ‎21．D．注意 need做情态动词可用于疑问和否定句，其构成分别为 Need sb. （do）…？和 sb. needn't(do)… need无人称变化。做实意动词时，构成Do(Does) sb. need to (do)…?和sb. don't(doesn't)need to(do)… ‎ ‎22．D．“must+be+动词-ing形式”是情态动词的现在进行时形式，意为“现在一定（正在）……”。‎ ‎23．C．‎ ‎24．A．had better的疑问句是把 had放到主语之前，否定句是在better后加not。‎ ‎25．A．needn't（不必）与must（必须）相对应。‎ ‎26．C．道理同上题。‎ ‎27．C．根据前一句提示可知。‎ ‎28．A                         29．‎ A                             30．C ‎ Liu Ying told me ____ of her at home. ‎ ‎　A．to wait ‎　B．wait ‎ ‎　C．waits ‎　D．waiting ‎ ‎2．Mr Zhang often teaches his Japanese friends ____ Chinese food. ‎ ‎　A．cook ‎　B．cooks ‎　C．cooked ‎　D．to cook ‎ ‎3．Jim wanted me ____ him up at ten o'clock. ‎ ‎　A．ring ‎　B．rings ‎　C．to ring ‎　D．rang ‎ ‎4．The boy enjoys ____ the radio in the morning. ‎ ‎　A．listening ‎　B．listening to ‎ ‎　C．listen to ‎　D．to listen ‎5．It's very nice ____ you to ____ me about it. ‎ ‎　A．for; tell ‎　B．of; say ‎ ‎　C．to; speak ‎　D．of; tell ‎ ‎6．They stopped ____ ,but there was no more sound at all. ‎ ‎　A．to listen ‎　B．to hear ‎ ‎　C．listening ‎　D．to listen to ‎ ‎7．She said that she felt someone ____ in the room. ‎ ‎　A．to smoke ‎　B．smokes ‎ ‎　C．smoked ‎　D．smoking ‎ ‎8．I saw him ____ basketball with Jack an hour ago. ‎ ‎　A．plays ‎　B．to play ‎　C．played ‎　D．play ‎ ‎9．We kept ____ the ball to each other, and they began to get angry. ‎ ‎　A．to pass ‎　B．passing ‎ ‎　C．pass ‎　D．past ‎ ‎10．It's time for supper now. Let's ____ it. ‎ ‎　A．stop to have ‎　B．stop having ‎ ‎　C．to stop to have ‎　D．stopping to have ‎ ‎11．One day when Edison was five years old, his father saw him ____ on some eggs. ‎ ‎　A．siting ‎　B．sitted ‎ ‎　C．sitting ‎　D．sat ‎ ‎12．Everybody is busy ____ ready for Christmas and buy Chiristmas presents. ‎ ‎　A．get ‎　B．getting ‎ ‎　C．to get ‎　D．got ‎ ‎13．She was often heard ____. ‎ ‎　A．sing ‎　B．singing ‎ ‎　C．sung ‎　D．to sing ‎ ‎14．Our teachers told us ____ hard. ‎ ‎　A．to work ‎　B．working ‎ ‎　C．worked ‎　D．work ‎ ‎15．Could you tell me ____ this word? ‎ ‎　A．to how read ‎　B．how to read ‎ ‎　C．how read ‎　D．how read to ‎ ‎16．I don't know ____ .‎ ‎　A．when start ‎　B．when to start ‎ ‎　C．to how start ‎　D．how start ‎ ‎17．Please give me a pen ____ . ‎ ‎　A．to write ‎　B．writing ‎ ‎　C．to write with ‎　D．written ‎ ‎18．He went home ____ some books. ‎ ‎　A．got ‎　B．getting ‎ ‎　C．get ‎　D．to get ‎ ‎19．Remember ____ late for class again. ‎ ‎　A．not to ‎　B．not to be C．to be not ‎　D．be not to ‎ ‎20．Mr Smith asked the man ____ the queue. ‎ ‎　A．not jump ‎　B．didn't jump ‎ ‎　C．not to jump ‎　D．to not jump ‎ ‎21．Father promised（答应） ____ _a new pair of glasses for me. ‎ ‎　A．buy ‎　B．bought ‎ ‎　C．to buy ‎　D．buying ‎ ‎22．The policeman asked the boys ____ there. ‎ ‎　A．don't stay ‎　B．didn't stay ‎ ‎　C．not to stay ‎　D．to never stay ‎23．It's very difficult ____ the old woman ____ skate. ‎ ‎　A．of; do ‎　B．to; make ‎　C．for; to ‎　D．by; on ‎ ‎24．Mr Brown was ____ for half an hour before dinner. ‎ ‎　A．too tired to lay down ‎　B．very tired so he lain down ‎ ‎　C．enough tired to lie down ‎　D．so tired that he lay down ‎ ‎25．Grandma couldn't keep up with me and I had to stop ____ her. ‎ ‎　A．to wait for ‎　B．waiting for ‎ ‎　C．to waiting ‎　D．waited ‎ ‎26．Please give me some paper ____ . ‎ ‎　A．to write ‎　B．to write on ‎　C．to write in ‎　D．write with it ‎ ‎27．____ English well is not easy. ‎ ‎　A．To learning ‎　B．To learn ‎ ‎　C．Learn ‎　D．For learning ‎ ‎28．His wife is all right again. He has nothing ____. ‎ ‎　A．worry about ‎　B．worried about ‎ ‎　C．to worry about ‎　D．worring about ‎ ‎29．When he was a child, he tried to find ways ____ people ____ life more. ‎ ‎　A．to help; enjoy ‎　B．help; to enjoy ‎ ‎　C．help; enjoying ‎　D．to be helped; to enjoy ‎ ‎30．Zhou Hua was the ____ the classroom. ‎ ‎　A．second to leave ‎　B．second leaving ‎ ‎　C．two to leave ‎　D．second leave ‎ ‎31．----Would you like ____  with me? ‎ ‎　　----Yes, I'd ____ . ‎ ‎　A．to come; love to ‎　B．come; love to ‎ ‎　C．to come; love ‎　D．come; love ‎ ‎32．“How fine it is ____ hands like a man!” said the monkey. ‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．has ‎ ‎　C．had ‎　D．to have ‎ ‎33．I have got no time ____  to your excuse. ‎ ‎　A．to listen ‎　B．listen ‎ ‎　C．listening ‎　D．to hear ‎ ‎34．----I didn't hear you come in last night. ‎ ‎　　----That's good .We tried ____ any noise. ‎ ‎　A．not make ‎　B．not making ‎ ‎　C．to make not ‎　D．not to make ‎ ‎35．Joan seems ____ study Japanese. ‎ ‎　A．likes ‎　B．to like to ‎ ‎　C．liking to ‎　D．that she like ‎ ‎36．She saw Bruce smiling and it made her ____ _ better. ‎ ‎　A．to feel ‎　B．feeling ‎ ‎　C．feels ‎　D．feel ‎37．Do you know ____ cakes? ‎ ‎　A．to how do ‎　B．how to do ‎　C．to how make ‎　D．how to make ‎38．It takes us a lot of time ____ the dirty house. ‎ ‎　A．clean ‎　B．cleaned ‎ ‎　C．cleaning ‎　D．to clean ‎ ‎39．We have worked so hard all the morning. Let's ____ a rest. ‎ ‎　A．taking ‎　B．to take ‎ ‎　C．take ‎　D．took ‎40．Do you feel well enough ____ of classes? ‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．to have ‎ ‎　C．having ‎　D．had ‎ ‎41．They agreed ____ me some money. ‎ ‎　A．to borrow ‎　B．to lend ‎ ‎　C．borrowing ‎　D．lending ‎ ‎42．It's our turn ____ the classroom today. ‎ ‎　A．cleaning ‎　B．when we clean ‎　C．that we clean ‎　D．to clean ‎43．I'm sorry I forgot ____ your English textbook. ‎ ‎　A．to bring ‎　B．bringing ‎ ‎　C．to take ‎　D．taking ‎ ‎44．Nothing could make her ____ . ‎ ‎　A．change her mind ‎　B．to change her mind ‎ ‎　C．changed mind ‎　D．changing her mind ‎ ‎45．Will you please let me ____ your new bike? ‎ ‎　A．have look at ‎　B．have a look ‎　C．to have a look at ‎　D．have a look at ‎46．The boy ____ Jack in Class One is my brother. ‎ ‎　A．call ‎　B．to be called ‎ ‎　C．calling ‎　D．called ‎47．It often takes me half an hour ____ home. ‎ ‎　A．walking ‎　B．to walk ‎　C．walked ‎　D．walks ‎ ‎48．Don't forget ____ her clean water every day. ‎ ‎　A．to give ‎　B．giving ‎ ‎　C．given ‎　D．give ‎ ‎49．I think it important ____ English well. ‎ ‎　A．learning ‎　B．learn ‎ ‎　C．to learn ‎　D．learned ‎ ‎50．The funny story made us ____ . ‎ ‎　A．laugh ‎　B．laughing ‎ ‎　C．to laugh ‎　D．laughed ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．A．动词tell后面接带to的不定式作宾补。类似的动词还有ask, want, order等。‎ ‎2．D．teach sb. to do.教某人做某事。注意其中的不定式也常用 how to do sth. 形式。‎ ‎3．C．见1小题。‎ ‎4．B．enjoy后接动名词作宾语。 A项错误是 listening后面少了to 。‎ ‎5．D．在“ It's +形容词+ for/of sb. to sth.”句型中，如果是good, bad, kind, nice, right, wrong, foolish等表示其逻辑主语，则应用of。如果形容词是difficult, easy, possible, important之类，修饰全句，而不仅是逻辑主语，则应用 for。试比较：‎ It is important for him to do that.他那么做是很重要的。‎ It's very foolish of him to do that.他那么做是很愚蠢的。‎ ‎6．A．后一分句说“没有任何声音”，暗示是“他停下来听(stopped to listen)”， 而不是“停止听 (listening)”。 B项的错误在于hear强调“听见”，而不强调“听”的动作本身。C项的listening，表示“停止听”。D是错项，listen后面不带宾语是不能加to。‎ ‎7．D．feel sb. doing sth.感觉到某人正在做某事。‎ ‎8．D．see sb. do sth.表示“看见某人做（过）某事”。此结构中用不带to的不定式表示该动作的全过程和完成。‎ ‎9．B．keep doing sth.表示“持续不断地做某事”。‎ ‎10．A．见6小题。‎ ‎11．C．see sb. doing sth.表示“看见某人正在做某事”。‎ ‎12．B．be busy doing sth.忙于做某事。‎ ‎13．D．see, hear, feel, make, let后接不带to的不定式做宾补，此种句型变为被动语态后，不定式符号不能省略。‎ 即： sb is seen(heard/felt/made/let) to do sth。‎ ‎14．A ‎15．B．注意“tell sb. how to do sth.”结构。‎ ‎16．B．know后面不可直接用to不定式作宾语，但可接“疑问词+ to不定式”结构。‎ ‎17．C．不定式作定语时如果与被修饰词之间有逻辑上的动宾关系，且该动词不定式是不及物动词时，应在动词后面加上一个适当的介词。如：a room to live in, a chair to a to sit on, a paper to write on等。 ‎ ‎18．D．不定式 to get作目的状语。‎ ‎19．B．remember to do 记住（将来）做某事，remember doing sth，记得（过去）曾做过某事。不定式的否定式在不定式前加“not”‎ ‎20．C．ask sb.(not) to do sth.叫某人（不要）做某事。‎ ‎21．C．promise to do sth.答应做某事。 promise后接不定式做宾语。‎ ‎22．C．ask sb. to do sth.请（让）某人做某事。不定式的否定形式是在 to前加not，即：ask sb. not to do sth. ‎ ‎23．C．for和of都可接名词或代词做不定式的逻辑主语。用for或of 取决于表语形容词。形容词若描述的是全句，则用for；若描述的是逻辑主语的特征、状态，则应用of。‎ ‎24．D．A项语法上能说得通，但语义、逻辑上说不通，人不可能“累得躺不下了”。B，C的表达都有问题。‎ ‎25．A．stop to wait表示停下来等……。如用 stop waiting则表示“停止等待，”与句意不符。‎ ‎26．B．“在纸上写字”应为write on paper，故 to write不定式修饰 paper后面要带 on，另外，write paper 也说不通，因write 在此作不及物动词。‎ ‎27．B．to learn English well是不定式短语作主语。另外，动名词也可作主语，此句主语也可用 learning English well作主语。‎ ‎28．C．to worry about作 nothing的定语，注意不要漏掉介词about。‎ ‎29．A．to help people也是不定式作定语，修饰 ways。 B、 C、 D 三项在结构形式上都有问题。‎ ‎30．A．序数词后面可接to不定式作定语，而不能用-ing形式。‎ ‎31．A．Would you like后接 to不定式，答语 I'd love to（或 I'd like to）是 to不定式的省略式。‎ ‎32．D．此句是感叹句， to have在句中作真正主语， it是形式主语。此句转化为陈述句应是： It is fine to have hands like a man.。‎ ‎33．A．have time to do sth.有时间做某事。 time后接 to不定式作定语，而不接ing形式。‎ ‎34．D．try(not) to do sth.设法/尽量（不）做某事。‎ ‎35．B．seem后可接to不定式做表语，因此A、C两项不行。seem后接 that从句时，主语一般用 it，即：“ It seems (seemed)that从句”。因此，D项也不行。‎ ‎36．D．make后接不带to的不定式（feel）作宾补。‎ ‎37．D．know可后接“疑问词+to不定式”做宾语。蛋糕有制作之意 ‎38．D．It takes sb. some time to do sth.某人做某事花了多长时间。‎ ‎39．C．let's句型中后接的动词原形式是不带to的不定式做宾补。‎ ‎40．B．“形容词或副词+ enough”后面接的 to不定式作结果状语。‎ ‎41．B．agree可后接to不定式作宾语，A项中的borrow是“借入”，故不能选。‎ ‎42．D．It is one's turn to do sth.该（轮到）某人做某事了。‎ ‎43．A．forget to do忘记做某事（没做）。 forget doing忘记曾做过某事。此句要表示的是忘了把英语书“拿来”，故不能选 C项的 to take。‎ ‎44．A．change her mind为不带 to的不定式做宾语。‎ ‎45．D．have a look at同上，也是不带 to的不定式或作宾语。注意用look后面要带宾语，故不能漏掉at。‎ ‎46．D．called Jack是过去分词短语作定语。‎ ‎47．B．注意“It takes sb. some time to do sth.”句型， It为形式主语，后面的to不定式做真正主语。‎ ‎48．A．forget to do sth.忘记做某事； forget doing sth.忘记（以前）曾做过某事。‎ ‎49．C．注意“think it +形容词+ to do sth.”结构， it是形式宾语，to不 ‎50．A．make sb. do sth.（迫）使某人做某事。 ‎ 八、时态、语态 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．Zhao Lan ____ already ____ in this school for two years. ‎ ‎　A．was; studying ‎　B．will; study ‎　C．has; studied ‎　D．are; studying ‎ ‎2．They usually ____ TV in the evening. ‎ ‎　A．watch ‎　B．will watch ‎ ‎　C．are watching ‎　D．watches ‎ ‎3．Judy ____ the Great Wall twice, and now she still ____ to go there. ‎ ‎　A．went to; wanted ‎　B．goes to; wants ‎ ‎　C．has gone to; wants ‎　D．has been to; wants ‎ ‎4．“Excuse me. Look at the sign: NO SMOKING!”‎ ‎　 “Sorry, I ____ it.”‎ ‎　A．don't see ‎　B．didn't see ‎　C．haven't seen ‎　D．won't see ‎5．I haven't finished my homework ____ .‎ ‎　A．yet ‎　B．too ‎　C．already ‎　D．then ‎6．Tom has worked here ____ two years ago. ‎ ‎　A．for ‎　B．at ‎　C．in ‎　D．since ‎ ‎7．The child ____ crying when he saw his mother.‎ ‎　A．stop ‎　B．stops ‎ ‎　C．stopped ‎　D．stopping ‎ ‎8．I ____ you for a long time. Where ____ you ____ ?‎ ‎　A．didn't see; did; go ‎　B．didn't see; have gone ‎　C．haven't seen; have; been ‎　D．haven't seen; have; gone ‎9．When I ____ by the station, I saw the accident ____ ‎ ‎　A．past; happening ‎　B．passed; happened ‎　C．past; to happen ‎　D．passed; happen ‎10．----Where's Bob?‎ ‎　　----He ____ Paris with his sister. ‎ ‎　　----He'll be back in two weeks. ‎ ‎　A．has been to ‎　B．has gone to ‎　C．comes from ‎　D．went to ‎11．Peter's mother died three years ago. She ____ for three years ‎　A．died ‎　B．was dead ‎　C．has been dead ‎　D．has dies ‎12．----I have finished my homework. ‎ ‎　　----When ____ you it?----An hour ago. ‎ ‎　A．have; finished ‎　B．do; finish ‎ ‎　C．did; finish ‎　D．will; finish ‎ ‎13．He's lived here ____ 1980.‎ ‎　A．after ‎　B．in ‎　C．from ‎　D．since ‎14．He has ____ been to Shanghai, has he? ‎ ‎　A．already ‎ ‎　B．never ‎　C．ever ‎　D．still ‎15．Listen, Mary ____ in her room. ‎ ‎　A．sing ‎　B．is singing ‎ ‎　C．sings ‎ ‎16．My sister ____ middle school half a year ago. ‎ ‎　A．will finish ‎　B．finishes ‎ ‎　C．finished ‎17．There ____ a parents meeting tomorrow afternoon.‎ ‎　A．are ‎　B．will have ‎　C．is going to be ‎ ‎18．I ____ him since I began to live in the city. ‎ ‎　A．know ‎　B．have known ‎　C．knew ‎19．Miss Gao ____ English on the radio every morning.‎ ‎　A．had studied ‎　B．studies ‎　C．study ‎20．----What are you going to give our art teacher for Teachers Day? ‎ ‎　　----I'm not sure. Maybe I ____ him some flowers.‎ ‎　A．have given ‎　B．will give ‎　C．gave ‎　D．give ‎ ‎21．Look! The children ____ kites over there.‎ ‎　A．flew ‎　B．fly ‎　C．are flying ‎ ‎22．She says that she ____ to Beijing next week.‎ ‎　A．has gone ‎　B．will go ‎　C．goes ‎23．----Tom ____ out.‎ ‎　　----Oh, has he? What time ____ he ____ out? ‎ ‎　A．is; did; go ‎　B．went; is; going ‎ ‎　C．has gone; did; go ‎　D．is going; does; go ‎ ‎24．----“Where's Li Lei? ”‎ ‎　　----“He ____ his sports shoes in the room. He ____ football with his friends. ”‎ ‎　A．is putting on; is playing ‎　B．puts on; will play ‎ ‎　C．is putting on; will play ‎　D．put on; played ‎ ‎25．Lucy and Lily can speak good Chinese, because they ____ China for six years. ‎ ‎　A．have been in ‎　B．have been to ‎　C．have come to ‎　D．have gone to ‎26．The two old men ____ each other since 1970.‎ ‎　A．didn't see ‎　B．don't see ‎　C．haven't seen ‎　D．won't see ‎27．This kind of machine ____ cutting paper.‎ ‎　A．uses for ‎　B．is using for ‎　C．is used to ‎　D．is used for ‎ ‎28．Three quarters of the world's books and newspapers ____ in English. ‎ ‎　A．are writing ‎　B．is written ‎ ‎　C．is writing ‎　D．are written ‎ ‎29．This kind of flower ____ every day. ‎ ‎　A．must water ‎　B．must be watered ‎ ‎　C．water ‎　D．will water ‎ ‎30．That house ____ in 1990. We have lived there for nearly ten years.‎ ‎　A．built ‎　B．builds ‎ ‎　C．is built ‎　D．was built ‎ ‎31．We know that this kind of bike ____ in Suzhou. ‎ ‎　A．is made ‎　B．makes ‎　C．is making ‎ ‎32．Rice must ____ at the right time. ‎ ‎　A．be harvested ‎　B．harvest ‎ ‎　C．be harvesting ‎　D．be harvest ‎ ‎33．He ____ his homework at home. He likes to finish it at school. ‎ ‎　A．doesn't ‎　B．don't do ‎　C．hasn't done ‎　D．doesn't do ‎34．Do you know which picture ____ best? ‎ ‎　A．does she like ‎　B．she likes ‎　C．did she like ‎　D．she is liking ‎ ‎35．Our school will hold a sports meeting if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．isn't rain ‎　B．rains ‎ ‎　C．won't rain ‎　D．doesn't rain ‎ ‎36．We won't go swimming if it ____ tomorrow.‎ ‎　A．will rain ‎　B．is going to rain ‎ ‎　C．rains ‎　D．rain ‎37．The students will go to the West Hill Farm by bike if it ____ fine tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．will be ‎　B．is ‎　C．shall be ‎　D．was ‎38．The farmer will take the cows to the field if the rain ____ later on. ‎ ‎　A．stop ‎　B．stops ‎ ‎　C．stopped ‎　D．will stop ‎ ‎39．Go to help her if she ____ in trouble. ‎ ‎　A．is going ‎　B．will be ‎ ‎　C．comes ‎　D．is ‎40．We'll go as soon as it ____ .‎ ‎　A．will stop raining ‎　B．stops raining ‎ ‎　C．will stop to rain ‎　D．stop to rain ‎41．Please tell him about it as soon as he ____ back.‎ ‎　A．come ‎　B．comes ‎　C．came ‎　D．will come ‎42．I'm going to play football when I ____ my homework. ‎ ‎　A．will finish ‎　B．finished ‎ ‎　C．finish ‎ ‎43．I'll catch up with Lucy before she ____ the finishing line. ‎ ‎　A．reach ‎　B．is reaching ‎ ‎　C．reaches ‎　D．will reach ‎ ‎44．I ____ the message to him as soon as he ____ back tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．give; came ‎　B．will give; will come ‎　C．will give; comes ‎　D．give; will come ‎45．Granny Wang told the little children that the sun ____ in the east. ‎ ‎　A．has risen ‎　B．rose ‎ ‎　C．rises ‎　D．rise ‎ ‎46．----Do you know if he ____ to play basketball with us? ‎ ‎　　----I think he will come if he ____ free tomorrow. ‎ ‎　A．comes; is ‎　B．comes; will be ‎　C．will come; is ‎　D．will come; will be ‎47．I don't know if she ____ tomorrow. If she ____ , I'll call you. ‎ ‎　A．comes; comes ‎　B．will come; will come ‎　C．will come; comes ‎　D．comes; will come ‎ ‎48．I want to know if they ____ the spring sports meeting next month. If they ____ it, I must get ready for it. ‎ ‎　A．hold; will hold ‎　B．will hold; hold ‎　C．hold; hold ‎　D．will hold; will hold ‎49．The woman fell off the bike and ____ on the road. ‎ ‎　A．lied ‎　B．lie ‎　C．lay ‎ ‎50．Mrs Fang asked the boys ____ .‎ ‎　A．where is Miss Green ‎　B．where was Miss Green ‎　C．where Miss Green is ‎　D．where Miss Green was ‎ ‎51．I thought the news ____ important for us all. ‎ ‎　A．is ‎　B．was ‎　C．are ‎　D．were ‎52．Henry ____ a birthday card for Sam yesterday. ‎ ‎　A．has bought ‎　B．buys ‎　C．bought ‎　D．will buy ‎ ‎53．----“Meimei, why didn't you give the book to Ann?”‎ ‎　　----Well, she ____ a copy for herself last week. ‎ ‎　A．buys ‎　B．had bought ‎ ‎　C．bought ‎　D．has bought ‎54．John ____ me the book two weeks ago, so I ____ it for two  weeks. ‎ ‎　A．borrowed, have borrowed ‎　B．lent; have borrowed ‎ ‎　C．borrowed, have had ‎　D．lent; have kept ‎ ‎55．“ Have you mended the motorbike, Tom?”‎ ‎　　“Yes, I ____ it ten minutes ago.”‎ ‎　A．have ‎　B．had ‎　C．mended ‎　D．have mended ‎56．Where did he ____ two years ago? ‎ ‎　A．works ‎　B．worked ‎ ‎　C．work ‎　D．working ‎ ‎57．It's five years since I ____ you last time. ‎ ‎　A．met ‎　B．meet ‎　C．have met ‎　D．had met ‎58．Jane is busy now. She ____ pictures. ‎ ‎　A．draws ‎　B．drew ‎ ‎　C．is drawing ‎59．Look! Lily with her sister ____ a kite on the playground.‎ ‎　A．is flying ‎　B．flying ‎　C．are flying ‎　D．fly ‎60．Our knowledge of the universe ____ all the time. A．grow ‎　B．is growing ‎ ‎　C．grows ‎　D．grew ‎61．“Where is Mr Du?”‎ ‎　　“Look! He ____ on a big machine over there.”‎ ‎　A．works ‎　B．worked ‎ ‎　C．is working ‎　D．has worked ‎ ‎62．Stay inside, please. It ____ hard right now ‎　A．is raining ‎　B．has rained ‎ ‎　C．rains ‎　D．was raining ‎ ‎63．Be quiet! The child ____ .‎ ‎　A．sleeps ‎　B．slept ‎ ‎　C．is sleeping ‎64．We ____ to the zoo tomorrow.‎ ‎　A．went ‎　B．go ‎　C．shall go ‎　D．have gone ‎65．----When ____ the Greens ____ back to China?‎ ‎　　----Next week. ‎ ‎　A．did, come ‎　B．are, come ‎　C．will, come ‎　D．have, come ‎ ‎66．We ____ a sports meeting next month. ‎ ‎　A．will have ‎　B．have had ‎ ‎　C．will ‎　D．had ‎67．Could you tell me if it ____ tomorrow?‎ ‎　A．rain ‎　B．will rain ‎　C．raining ‎　D．rains ‎68．I want to know when ____ start.‎ ‎　A．will we ‎　B．we will ‎　C．do we ‎69．Please tell me where ____ have our picnic tomorrow.‎ ‎　A．we will ‎　B．will we ‎　C．will ‎　D．will you ‎ ‎70．Do you know ____ ?‎ ‎　A．when the meeting will begin ‎ ‎　B．when begins the meeting ‎　C．when will the meeting begin ‎　D．when does the meeting begin ‎ ‎71．----Would you please not draw pictures on the wall?‎ ‎　　----Sorry. I ____ it again.‎ ‎　A．am not doing ‎　B．don't do ‎　C．didn't do ‎　D．won't do ‎72．How long ____ at this factory? ‎ ‎　A．have you come ‎　B．has he in ‎　C．will he be ‎　D．has he been to ‎73．----Do you know when he ____ back tomorrow?‎ ‎　　----Sorry, I don't. When he ____ back. I'll tell you. ‎ ‎　A．comes; comes ‎　B．comes; will come ‎　C．will come; comes ‎　D．will come; will come ‎ ‎74．I don't know when he ____ .When he ____ , I'll let you know. ‎ ‎　A．comes; comes ‎　B．will come; comes ‎ ‎　C．comes; will come ‎ ‎75．We ____ English for three years already. And we can speak a little English now. ‎ ‎　A．learn ‎　B．have learned ‎　C．has learned ‎　D．will learned ‎ ‎76．My grandpa died six months ago, that is to say, he ____ for half a year. ‎ ‎　A．has been dead ‎　B．died ‎ ‎　C．was dead ‎　D．has died ‎77．Our workshop ____ since two years gao.‎ ‎　A．was open ‎　B．opened ‎　C．has been open ‎　D．has opened ‎78．John ____ the factory since 1984. He's one of the oldest workers here now. ‎ ‎　A．came to ‎　B．comes to ‎　C．has been in ‎　D．has come to ‎79．Mrs Black is a worker of No. 1 Machine Factory. She ____ there since it opened in 1958. ‎ ‎　A．worked ‎　B．works ‎　C．has worked ‎　D．is working ‎ ‎80．His hair ____ white these days. ‎ ‎　A．be ‎　B．are ‎ ‎　C．has turned ‎81．----How long have you ____ there? ‎ ‎　　----About four years.‎ ‎　A．come ‎　B．gone ‎ ‎　C．left ‎　D．worked ‎ ‎82．I've ____ this dictionary ____ a year. It's still new now.‎ ‎　A．bought; for ‎　B．had; for ‎　C．bought; since ‎　D．had; since ‎ ‎83．He's out. He ____ the library.‎ ‎　A．went to ‎　B．has gone to ‎ ‎　C．has been to ‎　D．had gone to ‎84．Our maths teacher has ____ Australia for a week. ‎ ‎　A．gone to ‎　B．been in ‎ ‎　C．arrived in ‎　D．been to ‎85．How nice you've come! We've waited for you for about two hours. Where ____ , Jim? ‎ ‎　A．are you ‎　B．have you been ‎　C．are you from ‎　D．have you gone ‎ ‎86．He ____ his homework and now is listening to music.‎ ‎　A．finished ‎　B．finishes ‎　C．has finished ‎　D．finish ‎87．----Where's your headmaster? ‎ ‎　　----He ____ Beijing. He won't be back ____ next week. ‎ ‎　A．went to; after ‎　B．has gone to; until ‎　C．has been to; until ‎　D．has been to; after ‎88．----Have you ever ____ to the Huaxi Park?‎ ‎　　----Yes, I ____ there last summer. ‎ ‎　A．gone; went ‎　B．gone; have been ‎　C．been; went ‎　D．been; have ‎89．When I got to the factory, the workers ____ about the film. ‎ ‎　A．are talking ‎　B．talked ‎ ‎　C．were talking ‎　D．have talked ‎90．I ____ a letter when my mother came in. ‎ ‎　A．write ‎　B．am writing ‎ ‎　C．was writing ‎　D．have write ‎ ‎91．The Reads ____ lunch when I got to their house.‎ ‎　A．were having ‎　B．was having ‎ ‎　C．are having ‎　D．is having ‎ ‎92．My parents ____ TV when I got home yseterday. ‎ ‎　A．watched ‎　B．were watching ‎　C．have watched ‎　D．are watching ‎93．By the end of last term, we ____ one thousand English words ‎　A．have learned ‎　B．has learned ‎　C．had learned ‎　D．learned ‎94．He remembered he ____ a new sweater, but he ____ for it.‎ ‎　A．has closen; has paid ‎　B．has chosen; hasn't paid ‎　C．had chosen; had paid ‎　D．had chosen; hadn't paid ‎95．Stamps ____ by people for sending letters.‎ ‎　A．use ‎　B．using ‎　C．used ‎　D．are used ‎96．Chinese ____ by the largest number of people in the world.‎ ‎　A．speaks ‎　B．is speaking ‎ ‎　C．are speaking ‎　D．is spoken ‎ ‎97．English is a useful language. It ____ widely in the world ‎　A．is spoken ‎　B．was spoken ‎ ‎　C．can speak ‎　D．will speak ‎98．The fish ____ in the lake.‎ ‎　A．is looked after well ‎　B．are looked after well ‎　C．are looked the same ‎　D．are looked around ‎99．____ this kind of question often ____ in your class, Ann?‎ ‎　A．Does, ask ‎　B．Is, asked ‎　C．Has, asked ‎　D．Will, ask ‎100．Yesterday a visitor ____ something about his hometown ‎　A．asked ‎　B．were asked ‎　C．was asked ‎　D．is asked 参考答案 ‎1．C．句中有already和for two years，故用现在完成时。‎ ‎2．A．usually常与一般现在时连用。‎ ‎3．D．前一个分句中有twice，提示用表示“去过”哪里的短语，故用has been to。后一分句表示她还想去那里，故用wants。‎ ‎4．B．说“没看见”应是在谈话之前发生的，故应用过去时。‎ ‎5．A．yet作副词，意为“仍然、还”，可用于现在完成时的疑问句和否定句，不用于肯定句。‎ ‎6．D．“……（一段时间） ago”虽不能和现在完成时连用，前面加上since就可以了。since后接“时间点”，“…ago”恰好是一个表过去的时间点。注意since后只能接“时间点”，for后接一段时间。‎ ‎7．C．从句用来的是一般过去时，故主句也用一般过去时。‎ ‎8．C．for a long time一般与现在完成时连用；问对方“上哪去了？那他（她）一定是已从那里回来，故应用 have been．”‎ ‎9．D．pass是“路过”，past也是路过，但past是介词或副词，不能作谓语词。happen是不带to的不定式作宾补。‎ ‎10．B．问“第三人称”上哪去了，那么他（他们）一定不在此处，故应用have（has）gone。‎ ‎11．C．die 是瞬间动词，不能表示延续。若表示相应的“延续”意义，需用be dead的现在完成时形式。‎ ‎12．C．when不能与现在完成时连用，因为它表示的是一个时间点，一般多与现在时、过去时或将来时连用。‎ ‎13．D．谓语用现在完成时，故应用since。‎ ‎14．B．附加问句部分是肯定形式，故空白处应填never。‎ ‎15．B．look／listen等动词在句首单独使用，都是现在进行时的标志。‎ ‎16．C．ago 用于一般过去时。‎ ‎17．C．there be 的一般将来时是 there will be或 there is／are going to be。‎ ‎18．B．句中有since从句，故主句谓语用现在完成时。‎ ‎19．B．every morning一般与现在时连用。‎ ‎20．B．“be going to +动词原形”和“will +动词原形”都是一般将来时的表达方式，区别是前者表示“计划、打算”。后者表示带“意愿”色彩的将来。‎ ‎21．C．look在句首，是现在进行时的提示语。‎ ‎22．B．主句用现在时，从句用一般将来时，而不能用过去将来时。‎ ‎23．C．甲方说“汤姆出去了”，要用现在完成时 has gone to…，乙方问“他什么时候走的？”指的是一过去时间，故用一般过去时。‎ ‎24．C．A问“李雷在哪里”指的是此时此刻，B回答他此刻在做什么当然要用现在进行时，他完成了现在的动作，下一步要做的事，就应用将来时。‎ ‎25．A．have been in表示在某处“居住”或“逗留”了一段时间。‎ ‎26．C．句中有 since短语。see（meet） each other 表“互相见面”。‎ ‎27．D．注意 be used for表“用于某种目的”， be used as表“用作为（某种工具）”。‎ ‎28．D．句意“世界上四分之三的报纸是用英语写成的。”there quarters 四分之三，也可说成 three fourths，但不如前者常用。‎ ‎29．B．must be watered是情态动词 must的被语态形式。‎ ‎30．D．句中有in 1990，故应用过去时的被动语态。‎ ‎31．A．be made in表“由（某地）制造”。‎ ‎32．A．主语（Rice）是收割这一动作的承受者，故应用被动语态。‎ ‎33．D．根据后一句提示，前句也应用一般现在时，后句说“他喜欢在学校完成作业”，故前句应用否定式，即“他不喜欢在家里完成作业”。‎ ‎34．B．①从句结构应为“连词+主语+谓语”的陈述结构。②like作“喜欢”讲表状态，故该词只可用一般（现在、过去、将来）时态，而不能用于进行时态。‎ ‎35．D．在时间、条件状语从句中，用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎36．C．同上 ‎37．B．同上 ‎38．B．同上 ‎39．D．同上。 in trouble处于困境之中。‎ ‎40．B．同上。‎ ‎41．B．同上。‎ ‎42．C．同上。‎ ‎43．C．同上。‎ ‎44．C．同上。‎ ‎45．C．一般来说，在含有宾语从句的复合句中，如果主句谓语动词用的一般过去时，那么从句谓语也需过去时态的某一种。但如果从句所表示的是客观真理或自然规律，则可用一般现在时。‎ ‎46．C．注意此题是全国各地考查使用率最高的一个题型，即考查宾语从句和时间条件状语从句的区别。该题第一句中的if引导的是宾语从句，if意为“是否”，相当于whether，第二句的if引导的是条件状语从句，if作“如果”解。另外还有几个连词，象where, when,（当然if和when用在此种句型中更为常见），它们既可引导状语从句，又可引导宾语从句。例如： I don't know when I'll finish the work. When I finish it, I'll tell you. ‎ ‎47．C．第一个if引导宾语从句，第二个if引导条件状语从句。‎ ‎48．B．同47小题。‎ ‎49．C．lie既可作规则动词，也可作不规则动词，lie的过去式lay还可作原形动词，关于它们的词义及词形变化，请参见下表：‎ ‎50．D．宾语从句应用陈述结构，主句是过去时，从句只能用过去时态。‎ ‎51．B．主句用过去时，从句也应用过去时态。因从句主语news是不可数名词，所以只能填was。‎ ‎52．C．yesterday是与一般过去时连用的时间状语。‎ ‎53．C．‎ ‎54．D．这是一道考查时态和动词词义的综合性试题。因为前一分句带…ago，后一分句带for…短语，故两个空应分别用过去时和现在完成时。A项错误在于，第一空时态虽对，但borrow（借入）使用的不对，第二空的borrow是非延续性动词，不能表示“延续”；B项第一空虽对，但第二空对A项犯有同样的错误；C项的第一空borrow的错误无须解释，第二空的错误在于had的词义，它虽能表延续，但其词义是“拥有”，与前一空的lent所表达的含义相矛盾。‎ ‎55．C．问话虽用现在完成时，但题干中有ago，故只能用过去时。‎ ‎56．C．‎ ‎57．A．注意句型“It is +一段时间+since +过去时从句”。另外，since从句中的动词须为终止性动词，才表示此状态的“延续”了多长时间，since从句中如用延续性动词的过去时，则表示该状态“结束”了多长时间。如： It's five years since I was there.我已经有五年在那里了。‎ ‎58．C．前一句说Jane（现在）很忙，所以后一个句子应用现在进行时。‎ ‎59．A．look在句首是现在进行时的提示语。另外，此句中的with短语作定语，主语是Lily。‎ ‎60．B．用现在进行时表示“变化”。‎ ‎61．C．同21小题。‎ ‎62．A．right now此时，与现在进行时连用。‎ ‎63．C．‎ ‎64．C．tomorrow与将来时连用。‎ ‎65．C．根据答语提示可知问句应用将来时。‎ ‎66．A．next month与一般将来时连用。‎ ‎67．B．宾语从句中有tomorrow，故应用一般将来时。‎ ‎68．B．“想知道什么时候开始”意味着“尚未开始，故应用一般将来时。”‎ ‎69．A．从句应用陈述语序，另外，句尾有tomorrow，故选A。‎ ‎70．A．B、C、D三项均为错误结构。‎ ‎71．D．自己已经把画画到墙上了，故只能说“以后（将来）不再画了”。‎ ‎72．C．how long 不仅可以和现在完成时连用，它还可以与现在时、过去时、将来时连用，此句选C是因为其它三个选项在形式或语法上都不对。A项中的come是瞬间动词，不能与 how long连用； B项形式本身就不对； D项的错误是多了一个to，如将to去掉，也是正确答案。‎ ‎73．C．问句中的when从句是宾语从句，又有tomorrow，故用will come。答句中的 when从句是时问状语从句，应用一般现在时表示将来，故填comes。‎ ‎74．B．与上句属同一类型，考查宾语从句和状语从句的区别。在初中部分，这一类型的考查只限于when和if引导的从句。‎ ‎75．B．根据句尾的already（多与现在完成时连用）和后一句（表示现在的“结果”）可知，此句应用现在完成时。‎ ‎76．A．‎ ‎77．C．open作动词和形容词都可表示“开”，但作动词时它是非延续的。‎ ‎78．C．因句中有since，故谓语动词应用延续性动词，表示一个持续的动作。‎ ‎79．C．持续性动作，故用 has worked. ‎ ‎80．C．these days多与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎81．D．前三项均为非延续性动词，不能与how long连用。‎ ‎82．B．buy是非延续动词，故不能表延续，而have可表示延续性的动作。‎ ‎83．B．‎ ‎84．B．A、C两项均为非延续性动词，不能表示延续性动作。D项的 has been to只能表示“去过”哪里，而不能表示在某处“逗留”或“居住”。‎ ‎85．B．问“上哪去了”，故用 have been。‎ ‎86．C．选把作业做完了（has finished），接着做别的事情。‎ ‎87．B．“他上北京去了。”应用“has gone，”注意答语中的not…until句型，此句表示：“他下周才能回来。”‎ ‎88．C．第一句问是否“去过”，故用 have been。答语说“去年夏天”去的，只用过去时。‎ ‎89．C．当（从句）某一动作发生时，（主句）又发生了另一个动作，应用过去进行时。‎ ‎90．C．when引导的从句用过去时，主句用过去进行时，表示从句动作发生时间短，而主句动作持续时间相对较长。‎ ‎91．A．道理同上。注意The Reads表“雷德一家”。were…。‎ ‎92．B．同91小题。‎ ‎93．C．“by the end of last…”与过去完成时连用。‎ ‎94．D．“选汗衫”这一动作发生在“记住（remembered）”之前，故应用过去完成时“付钱”这一动作尚未发生，因与“选汗衫”有关，故应用过去完成时的否定式。‎ ‎95．D．邮票被人们使用，故用被动语态。‎ ‎96．D．‎ ‎97．A．英语是“被说”的，故应用被动语态。‎ ‎98．B．fish“被照看”，故应用被动语态。又因此句中的fish 是复数含义（fish单复数形式相同），故助动词应用are. ‎ ‎99．B．问题是“被问”的，故用被动语态。‎ ‎100．C．句中有yesterday.  ‎ 七、动词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．The box is light. Wang Ping can ____ it by herself. ‎ ‎　A．fine ‎　B．watch ‎　C．carry ‎　D．learn ‎2．----What are the girls doing?‎ ‎　 ----They're ____ the music!‎ ‎　A．listening to ‎　B．talking with ‎ ‎　C．coming from ‎　D．looking for ‎3．The ticket is on the floor. Please ____ .‎ ‎　A．pick up it ‎　B．pick up them ‎　C．pick it up ‎　D．pick them up ‎ ‎4．Please ____ before you cross the road.‎ ‎　A．look up ‎　B．look yourself ‎　C．look around ‎　D．look again ‎5．Oh, dear! My kite ____ on top of the tree. ‎ ‎　A．flew ‎　B．stopped ‎ ‎　C．landed ‎　D．reached ‎6．I like listening to the music on the radio, but I can't ____ much time ____ it.‎ ‎　A．pay; for ‎　B．spend; on ‎　C．cost; listening to ‎　D．take; in ‎ ‎7．----What are you doing, Mrs Smith?‎ ‎　 ----I'm looking ____ the children. They should be back for lunch now. ‎ ‎　A．after ‎　B．at ‎　C．up ‎　D．for ‎8．----Our football team has ____ the match. ‎ ‎　 ----Congratulations! ‎ ‎　A．watched ‎　B．joined ‎　C．won ‎　D．lost ‎9．----Tickets, please. May I ____ your ticket, Madam?‎ ‎　 ----Certainly. Here it is. ‎ ‎　A．show ‎　B．watch ‎　C．find ‎　D．see ‎10．----I'm afraid his radio is too noisy. Will you please ____ him to turn it down? ‎ ‎　　----Sure.‎ ‎　A．make ‎　B．let ‎　C．ask ‎　D．keep ‎11．Do you often hear from ____ ?‎ ‎　A．she ‎　B．her letter ‎　C．hers ‎　D．her ‎12．----He came early this morning, didn't he? ‎ ‎　　----Yes, he did. He often ____ to school early. ‎ ‎　A．come ‎　B．comes ‎　C．came ‎　D．has come ‎13．----Can I ____ your bike? ‎ ‎　　----With pleasure. But you mustn't ____ it to others. ‎ ‎　A．lend; borrow ‎　B．borrow; lend ‎ ‎　C．carry; lend ‎　D．borrow; keep ‎14．----It's very cold outside. ‎ ‎　　----Oh, yes. You'd better ____ your coat.‎ ‎　A．put on ‎　B．put away ‎ ‎　C．put back ‎　D．put up ‎15．It's quite warm today. Why doesn't you ____ your coat?‎ ‎　A．put down ‎　B．try on ‎　C．take off ‎　D．put on ‎16．This pair of shoes ____ me 50 yuan.‎ ‎　A．spent ‎　B．paid ‎　C．cost ‎　D．took ‎17．Tom likes English. He often ____ it with his classmates. ‎ ‎　A．speaks ‎　B．tells ‎　C．says ‎　D．talks ‎18．“Will you please stop ____ ? I can't ____ anything. ‎ ‎　A．talking; listen ‎　B．to talk; hear ‎　C．talking; hear ‎　D．to talk; listen ‎19．You can ____ the word in a dictionary if you don't know how to read it.‎ ‎　A．look up ‎　B．look over ‎　C．look at ‎　D．look for ‎20．The teacher asked the students to stop ____ and ____ to her.‎ ‎　A．to talk; listened ‎　B．talking; listen ‎　C．talking; listened ‎　D．to talk; listen ‎21．The boy ____ the tree and hurt himself. ‎ ‎　A．fall off ‎　B．fall from ‎　C．fell off ‎　D．fallen from ‎22．“Do you like this kind of paper?”“Yes, it ____ very nice. ”‎ ‎　A．is felt ‎　B．felt ‎　C．is feeling ‎　D．feels ‎23．----“Will you please show me the photo of your family?”‎ ‎　　----“OK. I will ____ it here tomorrow.” ‎ ‎　A．take ‎　B．bring ‎　C．catch ‎　D．carry ‎ ‎24．I like writing to my penfriends, but it ____ a lot of time. ‎ ‎　A．spends ‎　B．uses ‎　C．takes ‎　D．pays ‎25．----I think teachers are the most hard ‎　　----working people. do you ____ me?‎ ‎　A．go on with ‎　B．catch up with ‎ ‎　C．agree with ‎　D．think of ‎ ‎26．The children ____ to the driver, but he did not ____ them. ‎ ‎　A．listened; hear ‎　B．shouted; listen ‎　C．heard; listened ‎　D．shouted; hear ‎27．Jack likes to ____ others but never writes to them. ‎ ‎　A．hear of ‎　B．hear about ‎　C．hear from ‎　D．hear ‎28．David's always the winner of the race, but this time he ____ others.‎ ‎　A．fell behind ‎　B．fell down ‎　C．fell over ‎　D．fell off ‎29．The fish ____ me five yuan. ‎ ‎　A．spends ‎　B．takes ‎　C．costs ‎ ‎30．“Will you please ____ us a story, Miss Gao?”‎ ‎　　“OK．Shall I ____ it in English or in Chinese?”‎ ‎　A．tell; speak ‎　B．talk; speak ‎ ‎　C．tell; asy ‎　D．talk; say ‎31．“Do you ____ English?”“Only a little.”‎ ‎　A．speak ‎　B．talk ‎　C．say ‎　D．tell ‎32．He could ____ neither French nor German. So I ____ with him in English. ‎ ‎　A．speak; talked ‎　B．talked; told ‎　C．say; spoke ‎　D．tell; talked ‎ ‎33．Mr. Green isn't here. He ____ London. ‎ ‎　A．has been to ‎　B．has gone to ‎　C．have been ‎　D．have gone ‎34．“Where have you been?”“Oh, I ____ Canada.”‎ ‎　A．has been to ‎　B．has gone to ‎　C．have gone to ‎　D．have been to ‎35．His mother is ill. He is going to ____ her at home.‎ ‎　A．look at ‎　B．look up ‎ ‎　C．look for ‎　D．look after ‎36．If you don't know the word, you may ____ in the dictionary.‎ ‎　A．look it up ‎　B．look up it ‎　C．look for it ‎　D．look it for ‎37．The doctor ____ Robert carefully as soon as he was taken to the hospital. ‎ ‎　A．looked at ‎　B．looked over ‎　C．look after ‎　D．looked for ‎38．The radio is making too much noise. Would you please ____ ?‎ ‎　A．turn it up ‎　B．turn up it ‎　C．turn it down ‎　D．turn down it ‎39．I can't hear the radio. Would you please ____ ? ‎ ‎　A．turn it up ‎　B．turn it down ‎ ‎　C．turn up it ‎　D．turn down it ‎ ‎40．Trains can ____ more passengers than planes. ‎ ‎　A．get ‎　B．bring ‎ ‎　C．send ‎　D．carry ‎ ‎41．It ____ him half an hour to do the work.‎ ‎　A．spent ‎　B．took ‎　C．used ‎　D．lent ‎ ‎42．How long did it ____ you to do the work? ‎ ‎　A．give ‎　B．spend ‎ ‎　C．pay ‎　D．take ‎43．He ____ foreign languages to science subjects.‎ ‎　A．loves ‎　B．prefers ‎　C．likes ‎　D．enjoys ‎44．I ____ light blue ____ dark blue.‎ ‎　A．like; than ‎　B．prefer; to ‎　C．prefer; than ‎　D．like; to ‎45．It's such a warm day today. Why don't you ____ your sweater? ‎ ‎　A．put on ‎　B．put down ‎　C．take down ‎　D．take off ‎46．After we ____ them, we ____ the last match.‎ ‎　A．beat; beat ‎　B．won; beat ‎　C．beat; won ‎　D．win; won ‎47．Man-made satellites have been ____ space by many countries ‎　A．sent away ‎　B．sent for ‎　C．sent to ‎　D．sent up ‎48．Where is my pencil? I can't ____ it. ‎ ‎　A．find ‎　B．carry ‎　C．look for ‎　D．put ‎49．“Will you show me the photo of your family?”‎ ‎　　“OK, I'll ____ it here next week. ”‎ ‎　A．carry ‎　B．get ‎　C．take ‎　D．bring ‎50．“Will you please ____ my son to school? I'm too busy.”‎ ‎　　“OK.”‎ ‎　A．take ‎　B．bring ‎　C．get ‎　D．carry ‎51．“May I ____ your ruler?”‎ ‎　　“Sorry, I can't ____ it to you.”‎ ‎　A．lend; borrow ‎　B．lend; lend ‎　C．borrow; lend ‎　D．borrow; borrow ‎52．He ____ hard and finally ____ the language.‎ ‎　A．studied; learned ‎　B．learned; studied ‎ ‎　C．learned; learned ‎　D．studied; studied ‎ ‎53．Which do you ____ , basketball or volleyball?‎ ‎　A．like ‎　B．enjoy ‎　C．love ‎　D．prefer ‎ ‎54．My uncle ____ in London, I'll ____ with my uncle for a few days. ‎ ‎　A．lives; stay ‎　B．stays; live ‎ ‎　C．stays; stay ‎　D．lives; live ‎ ‎55．How much did she ____ on the watch? ‎ ‎　A．take ‎　B．cost ‎ ‎　C．pay ‎　D．spend ‎ ‎56．They ____ TV last night.‎ ‎　A．saw ‎　B．watched ‎ ‎　C．looked ‎　D．noticed ‎ ‎57．“Would you ____ the school report to your parents and ____ their answers?”　 ‎ ‎　A．bring; take ‎　B．take; bring ‎　C．bring; bring ‎　D．take; take ‎ ‎58．Don't forget to write to me as soon as you ____ Australia.‎ ‎　A．arrive ‎　B．reach ‎ ‎　C．get ‎　D．come ‎ ‎59．I have ____ that he even doesn't know when our army was ____ ‎ ‎　A．found; found ‎　B．founded; founded ‎　C．found; founded ‎　D．founded; found ‎60．My aunt ____ us something about the changes in her town. ‎ ‎　A．talked ‎　B．spoke ‎　C．told ‎　D．said ‎ ‎61．I wrote a letter to my sister last week. But I hven't ____ her yet. ‎ ‎　A．heard ‎　B．heard from ‎ ‎　C．heard of ‎　D．heard about ‎ ‎62．All of us ____ stay at home because it was raining hard.‎ ‎　A．had to ‎　B．must ‎ ‎　C．have ‎　D．must have to ‎63．We often ____ home by bike, but this morning we ____ home.‎ ‎　A．walk; went ‎　B．go; walked ‎ ‎　C．go; went ‎　D．walk; walked ‎ ‎64．The little girl was ____ her cat while her mother was ____ the piano.‎ ‎　A．playing; playing ‎　B．playing; playing with ‎　C．playing with; playing ‎　D．playing with; playing with ‎ ‎65．He ____ a new coat today.‎ ‎　A．put on ‎　B．puts on ‎　C．wear ‎　D．is wearing ‎66．When she was young, she ____ at ten in the evening and she soon ____ .‎ ‎　A．fell asleep; went to bed ‎　B．slept; went to bed ‎　C．went to bed; fell asleep ‎　D．fell asleep; slept ‎ ‎67．He ____ the blackboard carefully but couldn't ____ the word clearly. ‎ ‎　A．looked at; see ‎　B．saw; look ‎ ‎　C．looked; see ‎　D．saw; look at ‎ ‎68．What medicine have you ____ for your cough? ‎ ‎　A．eaten ‎　B．helped yourself to ‎ ‎　C．taken ‎　D．drunk ‎ ‎69．This kind of truck ____ China.‎ ‎　A．is made of ‎　B．is made by ‎　C．is made in ‎　D．is made from ‎70．The girl is ill. Has her father ____ a doctor? ‎ ‎　A．sent ‎　B．sent up ‎ ‎　C．sent for ‎　D．sent out  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．C．carry的意思是：“搬运，携带”，没有方向性。watch是“观看”，learn 是“学习”，与carry在词义上相差甚远，fine是形容词，在此根本不能用。‎ ‎2．A．此题只有A项搭配正确，listen to the music听音乐。talk with与……交谈，come from来自……。‎ ‎3．C．pick up 拾起。pick up 是“动副型”短语动词，如果代词作宾语，只能把代词放在两词中间，故不能选A。前句的ticket是单数可数名词，用it代替之，而不能用them，故不能考虑B、D两项。‎ ‎4．C．look around是“环顾四周”。around既可作介词，也可作副词。look up是“查询、仰视”。B、D两项在词意上与句子不吻合，故不能用。‎ ‎5．C．land在此指“落到……上”。其余三项的动词词意似乎与C项都有联系，但用法都不正确。‎ ‎6．B．spend time on sth．指“在……上花费时间”。 pay…for指“付钱”，C、D两项用法也不对。‎ ‎7．D．只有D项搭配与句意吻合，说话者是在找孩子们吃饭，故用look for（寻找）。look after照看，look at看，look up查询，仰视。‎ ‎8．C．win the match在比赛中获胜，lose the match输了比赛，“输了”不能“祝贺”。join 不能与match 搭配，watch 虽可与 match 搭配，但在此句中逻辑上说不通。‎ ‎9．D．see在此处强调动词（＝look at）的动作，而不是结果。‎ ‎10．C．ask sb．to do sth．让某人做某事。 make和let后面接不带to的不定式做宾语补足语，而不能带to。而keep不能带此种句型，它只能带 keep sb．doing sth．，句型。‎ ‎11．D．注意hear from后接somebody （人）表示“收到某人的来信”。对比：receive a letter from sb．‎ ‎12．B．前面讲的是今天早上的情况，用过去时。最后一句中有often，讲的是一般情况，故用一般现在时。‎ ‎13．B．borrow 是（主语）“借人”，lend是（主语）“借出”。‎ ‎14．A．put on穿（戴）上。put away把……收起来， put back 把……放回去，put up举起、建造。‎ ‎15．C．前句说“天气暖和”，故应“脱下（take off）外衣，put down 放下，记下，try on试穿，put out扑灭（火），生产。注意 take off还可表示飞机“起飞。”‎ ‎16．C．注意这几个动词的用法区别：sb．spends time／money （in）doing sth．；sb．pays money for sth．；sth．costs sb．money；It takes sb．sometime to do sth．‎ ‎17．A．“说”某种语言用speak，其余三项与之最接近的是say，但say主要是强调具体说的内容。tell是“告诉”。talk意为“交谈”，是不及物动词，多用于 talk to，talk with 和 talk about短语中。‎ ‎18．C．停止做某事 stop doing，stop to do，停下来做另一件事。listen强调“听”的动作，hear强调“听到、听见”，即“听”的结果。‎ ‎19．A．look up a word in a dictionary 查字典。注意不能说 look up a dictionary．look over指医生“检查”病人，look at看。‎ ‎20．B．stop talking是“停止谈话”。 listen是与 to stop并列的不是式，and后省略了不定式符号 to。stop to do意指“停下来去做另一件事”。若选C项，第二空用listened，是指“老师”让同学们停止说话后，去听“她”‎ 说话，她却是指老师自己。这样指代混乱，逻辑上说不通。‎ ‎21．C．fall off从……上掉下来。A项谓语动词形式不对，如果用现在时，在fall后应加s ，但这又与后面的动词 hurt 的时态（过去时）相矛盾。‎ ‎22．D．feel为系动词。意为“摸起来”，多用一般现在时。‎ ‎23．B．bring拿来、带来；take拿走，带走；catch 抓住，赶上；carry搬运、运载。‎ ‎24．C．take表示“花费”时间，多用形式主语it。‎ ‎25．C．agree with同意（某人的观点），go on with继续，catch up with赶上，think of想到。‎ ‎26．D．shout to sb．朝……喊叫。此句意为：“孩子们朝司机呼喊，但司机没有听到”。‎ ‎27．C．“杰克喜欢收到别人的来信。但从来不给他们写信。”write to给（某人）写信。‎ ‎28．A．填fell behind意为“落在别人后面，”才与前面的the winner相对照。‎ ‎29．C．见17小题。‎ ‎30．C．tell sb．a story给……讲故事。 say sth．in English／Chinese 用英语／汉语说。‎ ‎31．A．‎ ‎32．A．前一个空用speak，是因为后接语言名词，后一个空填talked，构成talked with him in English，意为“用英语和他交谈”。‎ ‎33．B．has gone to是表明“格林先生”不在这里（前一句已说明），他到伦敦去了。‎ ‎34．D．have been to指“去过某处”，现在已经回来了。问句中的主语是you，暗示与对方面对面交谈，因此对方已经回来了。‎ ‎35．D．look after照看。‎ ‎36．A．注意此句中 look up的宾语是 it，故需放在两词中间。‎ ‎37．B．look over用在此句中是指医生给病人“做检查”。‎ ‎38．C．前句说收单机太吵，后句才说让对方把音量关小点，用turn down，又因宾语是it，所以应说turn it down。‎ ‎39．A．前句说“听不见”收音机，后面才能说让对方把音量调大（turn it up）。‎ ‎40．D．此句意为“火车运载的旅客比飞机多。”carry指“运送，装载”，无方向性。get指“去拿来”，bring指“拿来”，send指“邮寄、派遣、送”。‎ ‎41．B．注意 It takes sb．some time to do sth．句型。‎ ‎42．D．句型同上，不同的是上句是陈述句结构，此句是一个特殊疑问句。‎ ‎43．B．注意prefer…to（喜欢……胜过喜欢……）。‎ ‎44．B．句型同上句，句意为：“我喜欢浅蓝色，而不喜欢深蓝色。”‎ ‎45．D．太热了应该把毛衫脱下来（take off）。put down放下、记下来，take down摘下，记下来。‎ ‎46．C．beat sb．在比赛中击败某人（队）。win后面多与game、match 搭配，指“在比赛中获胜”。‎ ‎47．D．send up satellites发射卫星。注意此句中用的是现在完成时的被动语态。send away解雇，send for派人去请，send…to把某人派往某处。‎ ‎48．A．find找到，look for寻找。‎ ‎49．D．bring拿来，take带走。‎ ‎50．A ‎51．C ‎52．A．stady 强调学习的过程，并有“研究”之意。learn强调学习的结果，有“学到、学会”之意。单纯作“学习”讲，两者可互换。‎ ‎53．D．‎ ‎54．A．live为“居住”，stay为“逗留”。‎ ‎55．D                        56．B                   57．B ‎58．B．arrive，get 和reach都可作“到达”讲，arrive和get 都是不及物动词，arrive后接in或at带宾语，get接to带宾语，arrive指较正式的“到达”，常译为“抵达”。reach作“到达”讲是及物动词，后面可直接带宾语。reach还可当“够到”讲。三个词后接here或there时，中间都不加介词。如：arrive／get／reach here（there）．‎ ‎59．C．found作为规则动词（founded，founded），是“成立、建立”之意，它与find的过去式和过去分词同形，注意不要混淆。‎ ‎60．C．‎ ‎61．B．hear为“听见”，hear of与 hear about都表示“听说”， hear from是“收到（某人）的来信”。‎ ‎62．A．‎ ‎63．B．go与walk都是不及物动词，walk词义较单纯，就是“走，步行”；go则不一定是“走”，从一地到另一地的运动都可用go，它的含义要比walk广得多。‎ ‎64．C．play可作及物动词，可指进行球类活动。演奏乐器、下棋等。play with表示“玩弄”某物．‎ ‎65．D．put on 强调“穿上、戴上”的动作；wear强调“穿着、戴着”的状态。‎ ‎66．C．sleep指“睡觉”的状态和过程 fall asleep表“入睡”，go to bed 则指“上床睡觉”这一动作。‎ ‎67．A．‎ ‎68．C．“吃药”习惯上说 take／have medicine，而不能说eat／drink。‎ ‎69．C．‎ ‎70．C ‎ 六、介词 Ⅰ．选择填空：‎ ‎1．Mrs. Brown came to China ____ 1996.‎ ‎　A．from ‎　B．of ‎　C．to ‎　D．in ‎2．The room was full ____ smoke after the big fire. ‎ ‎　A．of ‎　B．with ‎　C．in ‎　D．for ‎3．Here are some presents ____ you ____ our best wishes.‎ ‎　A．to; with ‎　B．for; with ‎　C．of; about ‎　D．for; for ‎4．Both Mr Green and Mrs Green were born ____ June, 1956.‎ ‎　A．in ‎　B．at ‎　C．on ‎　D．for ‎5．The little boy is always interested ____ science. ‎ ‎　A．with ‎　B．by ‎　C．in ‎　D．at ‎6．Li Lei often gets up ____ seven o'clock on Sundays.‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．in ‎　C．at ‎　D．for ‎7．They arrived early ____ a Tuesday morning.‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．at ‎　C．in ‎　D．of ‎ ‎8．Macao（澳门）will return to our motherland ____ December 20th, 1999. ‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．at ‎　C．in ‎　D．for ‎9．----When were you born?‎ ‎　 ----I was born ____ August 25, 1983. ‎ ‎　A．on ‎　B．in ‎　C．at ‎　D．to ‎10．Let me show you the place ____ the map.‎ ‎　A．with ‎　B．on ‎　C．in ‎11．John knows ____ a computer.‎ ‎　A．how to use ‎　B．how use ‎　C．how uses ‎12．The visitors ____ Japan arrived ____ Beijing Station last Tuesday morning.‎ ‎　A．from; at ‎　B．of; to ‎　C．from; to ‎　D．of; on ‎ ‎13．The teacher will be back ____ an hour.‎ ‎　A．in ‎　B．after ‎　C．on ‎14．This programme was sent to the USA ____ China ____ satellite.‎ ‎　A．in; of ‎　B．of; in ‎　C．from; by ‎　D．by; from Ⅱ、用适当的介词填空：‎ ‎15．What's wrong ____ your watch? ‎ ‎16．One ____ the students is in the classroom.‎ ‎17．I think the shop is closed ____ this time of day.‎ ‎18．My father teaches English ____ a school.‎ ‎19．We have lunch ____ the middle of the day. ‎ ‎20．You can buy some school things ____ your way home.‎ ‎21．I was born ____ July 1, 1982.‎ ‎22．May I borrow a pencil ____ you?‎ ‎23．Don't sleep ____ the open air. ‎ ‎24．I often help my mother ____ _ the housework.‎ ‎25．It's time ____ school.‎ ‎26．I have quite a lot ____ homework to do.‎ ‎27．What's the time? It's half ____ seven.‎ ‎28．Ducks are good ____ swimming.‎ ‎29．What are you talking ____ ? ‎ ‎30．He is sitting ____ the front of the car. ‎ ‎31．The eraser was passed ____ one student ____ another.‎ ‎32．Did you live ____ Beijing in 1997?‎ ‎33．When did you arrive ____ the village?‎ ‎34．I think Mary is ____ duty today.‎ ‎35．Eating too much isn't good ____ your health. ‎ ‎36．I'm afraid he is ____ the cinema ____ the moment.‎ ‎37．Thanks ____ asking me to your party.‎ ‎38．My watch is very different ____ yours.‎ ‎39．What's the weather ____ today?‎ ‎40．The student is asking his teacher ____ the sports meeting.‎ ‎41．The farmers are all getting ready ____ the next year.‎ ‎42．The radio says the wind will stop later ____ the day.‎ ‎43．Let's go out ____ a walk, shall we?‎ ‎44．Tom, your mother is waiting ____ you. ‎ ‎45．We have noodles for lunch for lunch ____ times.‎ ‎46．Harerbin is ____ the north of China.‎ ‎47．The day ____ tomorrow will be windy.‎ ‎48．Don't worry ____ your test. ‎ ‎49．I don't know which is the way ____ the park.‎ ‎50．An old woman is ____ the side of the road. ‎ ‎51．____ the end of the road you'll see the hospital ‎52．He left Tokyo ____ a visit ____ Beijing.‎ ‎53．Don't laugh ____ other people's mistakes.‎ ‎54．He did this instead ____ me.‎ ‎55．The people here are very friendly ____ us. ‎ ‎56．Does he learn English ____ himself?‎ ‎57．I felt a little afraid ____ my teacher.‎ ‎58．I'm afraid he'll fall ____ the bike. ‎ ‎59．Help yourselves ____ some fish, Lily and Lucy.‎ ‎60．____ these words he left the classroom.‎ ‎61．It was a pleasure ____ me.‎ ‎62．I'm sorry I'm late ____ the meeting. ‎ ‎63．Study hard, or you won't catch up ____ your classmates.‎ ‎64．Not far ____ him was Lin Tao．Lin Tao ran fast, too.‎ ‎65．Mr Wu is going to tell us the result ____ once.‎ ‎66．He goes to school early ____ usual. ‎ ‎67．It's another way ____ saying fast.‎ ‎68．I'm sorry he doesn't agree ____ me. ‎ ‎69．He prefers playing football ____ playing basketball.‎ ‎70．What do you mean ____ baozhi?‎ ‎71．Don't play ____ fire．It's dangerous.‎ ‎72．He didn't go ____ bed until twelve o'clock.‎ ‎73．My teacher was angry ____ me.‎ ‎74．Someone is knocking ____ the door.‎ ‎75．Have you heard ____ Jim yet? ‎ ‎76．If you break the window, you'll have to pay ____ it. ‎ ‎77．I'm sorry．I won't talk to others in class ____ now on.‎ ‎78．What have you done ____ the milk? ‎ ‎79．The students walked ____ the gates with Uncle Wang.‎ ‎80．Are you ____ trouble, Jim?‎ ‎81．My mother is ill．I have to send ____ the doctor. ‎ ‎82．The doctor operated ____ my mother at once.‎ ‎83．The glass is full ____ milk. ‎ ‎84．I saw him ____ the crowd. ‎ ‎85．There are a group of sheep ____ the foot of the hill. ‎ ‎86．We are twins．People often mistake us ____ each other.‎ ‎87．The knife is made ____ metal and wood.‎ ‎88．Ships can travel ____ the world.‎ ‎89．He watched me ____ surprise.‎ ‎90．Choose my subject．Something about English, ____ example.‎ ‎91．Tie the horse ____ the tree. ‎ ‎92．Nothing can stop us ____ studying hard. ‎ ‎93．____ Mr Wang's help, I have passed the exam.‎ ‎94．Please cut the metal ____ some pieces. ‎ ‎95．I feel ____ going for a walk. ‎ ‎96．We can finish the work ____ a week.‎ ‎97．Are you interested ____ the film Titanic?‎ ‎98．Hundreds ____ years ago, there was a village here. ‎ ‎99．What ____ earth can you see? ‎ ‎100．When did you join us ____ the game? ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．D．在年代前面用介同in。‎ ‎2．A．full of是一个短语，意为“充满……”。‎ ‎3．B．给“谁”的礼物，用介词for，with表示“带（着）”。‎ ‎4．A．在年、月名称前用介词in，而在日期前则用on。‎ ‎5．C．be／get／become interested in 对……感兴趣。‎ ‎6．C．在“几点钟”，用at。‎ ‎7．A．在“早、午、晚”前面，用介词in，但在具体某一天的“早、午、晚”前则用on。‎ ‎8．A．‎ ‎9．A．在日期前用介词on。‎ ‎10．B．注意：on the map，on the paper，in the newspaper，in the book，这些短语中用不同的介词。‎ ‎11．A．teach，tell，ask，learn等动词后可接“疑问词+to不定式”结构作宾语。‎ ‎12．A．第一空填from表示“来自”；第二空填at是因为后面的名词中心词是station。‎ ‎13．A．in后面接表示一段时间的短语，用在一般将来时态中，表示“多长时间以后”。‎ ‎14．C．from表示“从……”，by satellite通过卫星。‎ ‎15．with．What’s wrong with sb．／sth．？某人／某物怎么啦？‎ ‎16．of．one of… ……之一。此句的主语是one，of短语作定语。‎ ‎17．at．at this time of day 在一天当中的这个时候。‎ ‎18．at．at a（the）school在学校；at school在校读书。‎ ‎19．in．in the middle of 在……（时间、地点的）中间。‎ ‎20．on．on one's way（home）在某人（回家）的路上，way后面常接“to+名词短语”，表示……在去……的路上，因此句中的home是副词，故其前不加to。‎ ‎21．on ‎22．from．borrow…from从（某人或某处）借（入）某物。比较 lend sth．to sb．把某物借（出）给某人。‎ ‎23．in．in the open air“在野外／露天”，也可说成 in the open。‎ ‎24．with．help sb．with．sth．帮助某人做某事。‎ ‎25．for．注意 time的两种句型：It’s time for…（名词）。 It’stime to do sth．两个短语的意思都是：“该做某事了。”或“做某事的时间到了。”‎ ‎26．of．a lot of “许多”。该短语既可修饰可数名词，也可修饰不可数名词。此短语也可说成 lost of（多用于书面语）。‎ ‎27．past．past意为“过……（多少时间）”。‎ ‎28．at．be good at擅长……。‎ ‎29．about．talk about 谈论，talk to 和……交谈。‎ ‎30．in．in the front of……（物体内部）的前面。比较 in front of 在……（物体外部）的前面。‎ ‎31．from；to．from one to another从一个到另一个。‎ ‎32．in．在较大的地名前用介词in。‎ ‎33．at．到达小地方用介词at。‎ ‎34．on．on duty值班、值日。‎ ‎35．for，be good／bad for表示客观事物对某人如何，所以其它主语多为something或动名词。be good／kind／friendly／bad to 多指某人对某人如何，其主语多为somebody。‎ ‎36．at； at．at the cinema 在电影院，at the moment 此刻、现在。‎ ‎37．for．Thanks（Thank you）for（doing）sth．谢谢你（做某事）。‎ ‎38．from．different from…与…不同。‎ ‎39．like．like意为“象……”。‎ ‎40．to．ask sb．to sth．邀请某人参加某项活动。‎ ‎41．for．get ready for为……准备。‎ ‎42．in．in the day在白天，也中说成 in the daytime。‎ ‎43．for．go out for a walk出去散步。‎ ‎44．for．wait for等待。‎ ‎45．at．at times有时，间或。‎ ‎46．in．in the north of 在……（内部的）北部。‎ ‎47．after．the day after tomorrow后天。‎ ‎48．about．worry about为……担心。‎ ‎49．to．50．at 51．At。at the end在……的末端，末尾。‎ ‎52．for；to．for a visit中的for表目的；a visit to…表“参观 ‎53．at．laugh at嘲笑。‎ ‎54．of．instead of代替。‎ ‎55．to．56．by oneself。由自己。‎ ‎57．of．feel afraid of感到害怕……，be afraid of害怕……。‎ ‎58．off．fall off从……上摔下来。‎ ‎59．to．help oneself to sth．随便吃／用／拿某物。‎ ‎60．With．With these words说完这些话。‎ ‎61．for．表示“（客观上）对……来说”。‎ ‎62．for．be late for（做某事）迟到了。‎ ‎63．with．catch up with 赶上。‎ ‎64．behind．表示Lin Tao在he的后面。此处用behind强调前后位置。far后面还可接介词from，表示“远离”。‎ ‎65．at．at once立即。‎ ‎66．as．as usual象往常一样。‎ ‎67．of．way of doing sth．做某事的方法。way后面还可接to不定式做定语。‎ ‎68．with．agree with同意某人的看法。‎ ‎69．to．prefer（doing）sth．to（doing）sth．喜欢……胜过喜欢 ‎70．by．What do you mean by…？你（那么）说是什么意思？‎ ‎71．with．play with 玩弄……‎ ‎72．to ‎ ‎73．with．be angry with 生某人的气。‎ ‎74．at．knock at（on）敲。‎ ‎75．from．hear from收到某人的来信。‎ ‎76．for．pay for付……的钱。此处作“赔偿”讲。‎ ‎77．from．from now on从今往后。‎ ‎78．with．do with处理、对付。‎ ‎79．through ‎ ‎80．in．in trouble陷入困境。‎ ‎81．for．send for派人去请。‎ ‎82．on．operate on给……做手术。‎ ‎83．of ‎ ‎84．among．among the crowd在人群中 ‎85．at．at the foot of在……脚下 ‎86．for．mistake…for…把……错当成……。‎ ‎87．of．be made of由……制成（看得见原材料）。比较 be madefrom 由……制成（看不见原材料）。‎ ‎88．around．around the world全世界。‎ ‎89．in．in．surprise惊奇地。‎ ‎90．for．for example“例如”。可置于句首、句中或句尾，只举出一个例子。‎ ‎91．to．tie…to…把……绑在……上。‎ ‎92．from．stop sb．from doing sth．阻止某人做某事。‎ ‎93．With．with one’s help在……的帮助下。‎ ‎94．into．cut…into pieces把……切成碎片。‎ ‎95．like．feel like（doing）sth．想要（做）某物（事）。‎ ‎96．in．in前面用can之类的情态动词，in表示“在……（多长时间）之内”；in与一般将来时连用，表示“在……（多长时间）之后。”‎ ‎97．in ‎98．of．hundreds of数以百计的。‎ ‎99．on．此处意为“到底、究竟”，用在疑问词后。on earth还可指“在世界上、在人世间”。‎ ‎100．in．join sb．in sth．参加某人的活动。 ‎ 五、代词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．He can't hear you, because there is ____ noise here ‎　A．very much ‎　B．too much ‎　C．much too ‎　D．so many ‎2．____ name is Han Meimai. ‎ ‎　A．Herself ‎　B．Hers ‎　C．She ‎　D．Her ‎3．All of us were invited, but ____ of us came ‎　A．neither ‎　B．none ‎　C．both ‎4．The weather in Shanghai is different from ____ ‎ ‎　A．Baotou ‎　B．Baotou weather ‎　C．that in Baotou ‎　D．those of Baotou ‎5．There isn't ____ water in the cup.‎ ‎　A．any ‎　B．many ‎　C．some ‎　D．the ‎6．----Is this ____ pen?‎ ‎　 ----No, ____ is on my desk.‎ ‎　A．your; my ‎　B．yours; my ‎　C．your; mine ‎　D．yours; mine ‎7．The bottle is empty. There is ____ in it.‎ ‎　A．anything ‎　B．something ‎　C．nothing ‎8．----Look! We have ____ sugar.‎ ‎　 ----Really? Let's go and buy some.‎ ‎　A．few ‎　B．a few ‎　C．little ‎　D．a little ‎9．There isn't ____ milk in the fridge. You'd better buy some.‎ ‎　A．no ‎　B．any ‎　C．some ‎10．----“There isn't ____ water here. Could you get ____ for me?”‎ ‎　　----“All ringht.”‎ ‎　A．some; some ‎　B．any; any ‎　C．some; any ‎　D．any; some ‎11．Today, ____ trees are still being cut down somewhere in the world.‎ ‎　A．much too ‎　B．too much ‎　C．many too ‎　D．too many ‎12．There are lots of English books here, and ____ of them is easy to understand.‎ ‎　A．both ‎　B．all ‎　C．every ‎　D．each ‎13．Is the shirt on the bed ____ ?‎ ‎　A．yours ‎　B．your ‎　C．you ‎14．Mr Green taught ____ English last year.‎ ‎　A．our ‎　B．we ‎　C．us ‎15．These sweaters are too small for me. Please show me ____ one.‎ ‎　A．other ‎　B．others ‎　C．the others ‎　D．another ‎16．Mary can't go with us. ____ has to look after ____ mother at home.‎ ‎　A．She; his ‎　B．She; her ‎　C．He; her ‎　D．He; His ‎17．There isn't ____ paper in the box. Will you go and get ____ for me?‎ ‎　A．any; some ‎　B．any; any ‎　C．some; some ‎　D．some; any ‎18．I often help ____ .‎ ‎　A．he or she ‎　B．his and her ‎　C．him and her ‎　D．his and hers ‎19．There are some trees on ____ side of the street.‎ ‎　A．both ‎　B．all ‎　C．either ‎　D．every ‎20．“Which of the two dictionaries do you like better?”“I like ____ , because they're not useful.”‎ ‎　A．both ‎　B．either ‎　C．all ‎　D．neither ‎21．They were all very tired, but ____ of them would stop to take a rest.‎ ‎　A．any ‎　B．some ‎　C．none ‎　D．neither ‎22．There were ____ people and noise in the park last Sunday.‎ ‎　A．many; much ‎　B．much; much ‎　C．much; many ‎　D．many; many ‎23．____ of them has a dictionary and ____ one of them can look up words in the dictionary.‎ ‎　A．Each; every ‎　B．Every; each ‎　C．Each; each ‎　D．Every; every ‎24．Please keep together. We want ____ of you to get lost.‎ ‎　A．none ‎　B．some ‎　C．many ‎　D．any ‎25．There is ____ water here; but there are quite ____ empty glasses. ‎ ‎　A．little; a few ‎　B．few; little ‎　C．few; a few ‎　D．little; a little ‎26．The skirt is ____ . She made it ____ .‎ ‎　A．hers; herself ‎　B．her; herself ‎　C．herself; hers ‎　D．herself; her ‎27．“Haven't you forgotten ____ ?”“ ____ ,oh, I forgot my bag.”‎ ‎　A．anything; Excuse me ‎　B．something; Excuse me ‎　C．something; Pardon ‎　D．everything; Pardon ‎28．Be quiet! I have ____ to tell you.‎ ‎　A．important anything ‎　B．anything important ‎　C．important something ‎　D．something important ‎29．My father is very busy with his work. He has ____ time to do the housework.‎ ‎　A．little ‎　B．few ‎　C．a little ‎　D．a few ‎30．---- ____ of the boys in Class Four are playing games.‎ ‎　　----____.‎ ‎　A．All ‎　B．Each ‎　C．The both ‎　D．None ‎31．The boy promised ____ mother never to lie to ____ again.‎ ‎　A．his; him ‎　B．her; her ‎　C．her; him ‎　D．his; her ‎32．“Would you like some milk in your tea?”“Yes, just ____ .”‎ ‎　A．much ‎　B．a little ‎　C．a few ‎　D．little ‎33．____ school is much larger than ____ .‎ ‎　A．Their; our ‎　B．Their; ours ‎ ‎　C．Theirs; ours ‎　D．Theirs; our ‎34．Put it down, Richard. You mustn't read ____ letter. ‎ ‎　A．anyone's else's ‎　B．anyone's else ‎　C．anyone else's ‎　D．anyone else ‎35．He found ____ very interesting to ride a horse. ‎ ‎　A．this ‎　B．that ‎　C．it ‎　D．which ‎36．Han Meimei, what about ____ to eat?‎ ‎　A．everything ‎　B．something ‎　C．nothing ‎　D．anything ‎37．____ office is much smaller than ____ .‎ ‎　A．Ours; yours ‎　B．Our; yours ‎　C．Theirs; our ‎　D．Your; their ‎38．“Help ____ to some meat, Mary,”my aunt said to me.‎ ‎　A．themselves ‎　B．ourselves ‎　C．yourself ‎　D．himself ‎39．There are twenty teachers in this grade．Eight of them are women teachers and ____ are men teachers.‎ ‎　A．the other ‎　B．the others ‎　C．others ‎　D．other ‎40．Though they had cleaned the floor, there was still ____ water on it.‎ ‎　A．little ‎　B．a little ‎　C．few ‎　D．a few  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．B．too much只能修饰不可数名词， much too 修饰形容词或副词， very much可修饰动词；many只能修饰可数名词，不能修饰不可数名词。‎ ‎2．D．her作物主代词，意为“她的”，注意her还可作she的宾格。‎ ‎3．B．句意：“我们都接到邀请，但我们谁没来。”none是all的反义词，表示“（三者以上的）没有一个（人或物）。”‎ ‎4．C．that作为代词。代替主语 weather. A项错误在于Baotou与前面的主语 weather不相对应，无法比较。代词that既可代替不可数名词，也可代替单数可数名词。‎ ‎5．A．any用于疑问句和否定句，some用于肯定句。‎ ‎6．C．your是形容词性物主代词，只能作定语修饰名词； mine是名词性物主代词，可作主语、表语和宾语，但不能作定语。‎ ‎7．C．空白处填nothing是与前一句的 empty相呼应、吻合的。‎ ‎8．C．从后一句“去买些糖”可知“糖不多了”。little的意思是“少”，有否定含义，只能修饰不可数名词， a little是“一点”，有肯定含义。few和a few是修饰或代替可数名词，前者否定，后者肯定。‎ ‎9．B．肯定句中用some，疑问句和否定句中用any。‎ ‎10．D．前一句是否定句，故用any ；后一句是说话者恳请别人做某事，希望对方同意，并认为对方能同意，故用some。‎ ‎11．D．too much只能修饰不可数名词，too many只修饰可数名词；A项只修饰形容词或副词；C项本身就是错误的。‎ ‎12．D．every和each都作“每一个”讲，但every只能作定语；each既可作定语，还可作主语、宾语、同位语等成分。both和all作主语（代替可数名词），谓语动词应用复数。‎ ‎13．A ‎14．C．代词作宾语应用标本宾格，us是we的宾格。‎ ‎15．D．other意为“别的、其它的”，可修饰单数名词，也可修饰复数名词。others表示“别人”或“别的事物”，是泛指的复数概念。the other是特指的“其余的（人或物）”。another是泛指的“另一个（人或物）。”‎ ‎16．B．She在句中作主语，故用主格，her作物主代词。‎ ‎17．A．‎ ‎18．C．代词作宾语应用宾格。‎ ‎19．C．此处的either可换用each； both后修饰复数名词。‎ ‎20．D．后一个分句说“没有用”，当然是“两个都不喜欢。”‎ ‎21．C．前一句说“她们都累了”，后一句说“他们都不愿停下来休息”，故填none．‎ ‎22．A．“人多（many）”故然“噪音大（much）”。‎ ‎23．A．each可作主语，而every不能，故第一空填each。every 和each 都不可作定语，但every强调全体，而each强调“个体”，故第二空填every。‎ ‎24．A．前一句说“让大家靠近些”。后一句是说希望大家谁也不要掉队，故用none。‎ ‎25．A．前一空填little，表示“水很少”．第二空填a few，修饰可数名词 glasses，注意quite a few的意思是“好几个”。‎ ‎26．A．注意第二句中的herself意为“亲自”。‎ ‎27．A．乙方说“Excuse me”，是表示他正在查点他的东西。‎ ‎28．D．形容词修饰something、anything之类的复合不定代词应后置。‎ ‎29．A．“我的父亲”忙于工作，故几乎没有时间做家务，故用little．‎ ‎30．A．填all，表示“所有的男孩”都在做游戏。B项的each作主语，are应改为is。C项本身就是错的，the不能放在both前。因为此句没有表示否定含义（即选none的条件），故不能选之。‎ ‎31．D．句意：“那个男孩向他妈妈许诺再也不对她撒谎了。”promise sb．（never） to do sth．向某人许诺（永远不）做某事了。 lie to sb．对某人撒谎。‎ ‎32．B．just a little只来一点；just a few只有几个。‎ ‎33．B．‎ ‎34．C．此题考查else的所有格形式，else修饰复合不定代词需后置，其所有格形式是在else后加’s，因此在anyone后加’s是没有道理的。‎ ‎35．C．it 做形式宾语，代替在句尾作真正宾语的不定式短语to ride a horse，very interesting是形容词短语作宾语补足语。注意此句型结构：“find＋it＋名词／形容词／分词＋to do sth．”‎ ‎36．B．用something表示邀请。如用 anything则非邀请，而是单纯的询问。‎ ‎37．B．‎ ‎38．C．yourself与后面的me相对应。‎ ‎39．B，除了八位女教师之外的“余者（the others）”是男教师 ‎40．B．地板上还“有点儿（a little）水”。 ‎ 四、形容词、副词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．The white shirt is as ____ as the yellow one.‎ ‎　A．cheap ‎　B．cheaper ‎　C．cheapest ‎　D．the cheapest ‎2．These shoes are much too ____ for me.‎ ‎　A．big ‎　B．bigger ‎　C．biggest ‎　D．the biggest ‎3．It was ____ yesterday than today.‎ ‎　A．much hot ‎　B．more hotter ‎　C．the hottest ‎　D．hotter ‎4．The fifth crange is ____ of all. Give it to that small child ‎　A．big ‎　B．bigger ‎　C．the bigger ‎　D．the biggest ‎5．Lin Tao jumped ____ of all the students at the school sports meeting ‎　A．farther ‎　B．farthest ‎　C．far ‎　D．high ‎6．I think that's ____ piece of music at the moment.‎ ‎　A．more popular ‎　B．the most popular ‎　C．popular ‎　D．most popular ‎7．My daughter is doing ____ this month than last month.‎ ‎　A．much good ‎　B．very well ‎　C．much better ‎　D．well ‎8．This box is ____ that one.‎ ‎　A．heavy than ‎　B．so heavy than ‎　C．heavier as ‎　D．as heavy as ‎9．Which colour do you like ____ , white, red ____ yellow?‎ ‎　A．more; and ‎　B．better; and ‎　C．best; or ‎　D．much; or ‎10．Of all the stars ,the sun is ____ to us.‎ ‎　A．near ‎　B．nearer ‎　C．the nearest ‎　D．father ‎11．Winter is ____ than summer.‎ ‎　A．hotter ‎　B．colder ‎　C．warmer ‎　D．cool ‎12．In this country, it's very ____ in November, but it's even ____ in December.‎ ‎　A．cold; cold ‎　B．cold; colder ‎　C．colder; cold ‎　D．colder; coldest ‎13．No one runs as fast as Joho in his class. The sentence means ____ ‎ ‎　A．John runs fastest in his class ‎　B．John runs faster than any other boy in this class.‎ ‎　C．John runs more slowly than any other student in his class ‎　D．John runs as fast as others in his class ‎14．He ran and ran, but he couldn't run ____ to catch the bus.‎ ‎　A．fast enough ‎　B．quick enough ‎　C．enough fast ‎　D．enough quickly ‎15．The sweater is very beautiful, but it's ____ dear.‎ ‎　A．too much ‎　B．much too ‎　C．many ‎　D．more ‎16．Li Lei didn't run ____ to ____ Liu Feng ‎　A．enough quickly; catch up ‎　B．fast enough; catch up with ‎　C．quickly enough; keep up ‎　D．enough fast; catch up with ‎17．----Why were you shouting?‎ ‎　　----Alice asked me to speak more ____ The line was bad ‎　A．noisily ‎　B．quietly ‎　C．politely ‎　D．loudly ‎18．----Can yon understand me?‎ ‎　　----Sorry, I can ____ understand you.‎ ‎　A．hardly ‎　B．almost ‎　C．nearly ‎　D．ever ‎19．She is ____ to go to school ‎　A．old enough ‎　B．enough old ‎　C．big enough ‎　D．enough big ‎20．Look outside! It's blowing ____ .‎ ‎　A．strong ‎　B．strongly ‎　C．heavy ‎　D．heavily ‎21．Look! The children are playing ____ . They are always ____ ‎ ‎　A．happy; happy ‎　B．happily; happily ‎　C．happily; happy ‎　D．happy, happily ‎22．We can't put this basket in the car. The car's ____ full ‎　A．so ‎　B．too ‎　C．very ‎23．He likes to do some reading in the morning ____ ‎ ‎　A．So do I ‎　B．So am I ‎　C．So did I ‎　D．So I do ‎24．----Basketball is the most popular game in America. ‎ ‎　　---- ____ .‎ ‎　A．So does it ‎　B．So it does ‎　C．So is it ‎　D．So it is ‎25．Don't go out. It's raining ____ .‎ ‎　A．heavy ‎　B．heavily ‎　C．loudly ‎　D．hardly ‎26．They went back to Shanghai last summer. And ____ .‎ ‎　A．I did so ‎　B．so did I ‎　C．I do so ‎　D．so do I ‎27．Mrs Zhang is too ____ to go on walking.‎ ‎　A．strong ‎　B．tall ‎　C．kind ‎　D．tired ‎28．We have never seen ____ film before. It's very interesting.‎ ‎　A．so a good ‎　B．a so good ‎　C．such a good ‎　D．a such good ‎29．Li Lei prefers maths to Chinese. But I think Chinese is much ____ .‎ ‎　A．useful ‎　B．very useful ‎　C．the most useful ‎　D．more useful ‎30．You don't look so ____ as usual. Why not go to see a doctor?‎ ‎　A．well ‎　B．better ‎　C．badly ‎　D．worse ‎31．We will have a ____ holiday after the exam.‎ ‎　A．two month ‎　B．two-month ‎　C．two month's ‎　D．two-months ‎32．Thanks to man- made satellites, the world itself is becoming a ____ smaller place.‎ ‎　A．much ‎　B．more ‎　C．much more ‎　D．most ‎33．India is the second ____ population in the world.‎ ‎　A．most ‎　B．largest ‎　C．more ‎　D．many ‎34．I think football is ____ basketball in America.‎ ‎　A．more popular ‎　B．so popular as ‎　C．as popular as ‎　D．less popular ‎35．“Are you feeling ____ ? ”“Yes, I'm fine now.”‎ ‎　A．any well ‎　B．any better ‎　C．quite good ‎　D．quite better ‎36．The population is growing faster in ____ developed countries than in ____ developed 　countries.‎ ‎　A．more; less ‎　B．less; more ‎　C．more; less ‎　D．little; more ‎37．Most of the people in Guang dong are getting ____ .‎ ‎　A．more and more rich ‎　B．more rich and more rich ‎　C．richer and richer ‎　D．richer and richest ‎38．Our school is becoming ____ .‎ ‎　A．more beautiful and beautiful ‎　B．more and more beautiful ‎　C．more beautiful and more beautiful ‎　D．beautiful and beautiful ‎39．____ you speak English, ____ your spoken English will be.‎ ‎　A．The more; better ‎　B．More; the better ‎　C．More; better ‎　D．The more; the better ‎40．John Smith is ____ of the two young men.‎ ‎　A．strong ‎　B．stronger ‎　C．the stronger ‎　D．the strongest ‎41．Which is ____ country, Canada or Australia?‎ ‎　A．large ‎　B．a larger ‎　C．larger ‎　D．the larger ‎42．“How was the old man this morning?” “He looked ____ .”‎ ‎　A．happy ‎　B．happily ‎　C．to be happy ‎　D．to be happily ‎43．I didn't see much during the flight because there was ____ cloud.‎ ‎　A．too many ‎　B．too much ‎　C．much too ‎　D．a lot ‎44．I've no time because I've ____ work to do and ____ books to read.‎ ‎　A．many; many ‎　B．many; much ‎　C．much; many ‎　D．much; much ‎45．Two fishermen saw ____ in the sky while they were fishing by a lake.‎ ‎　A．something strange ‎　B．anything strange ‎　C．strange something ‎　D．strange anything ‎46．She is ____ than any other girl in her class.‎ ‎　A．thinner ‎　B．thiner ‎　C．thin ‎　D．the thinnest ‎47．She is ____ careful as I, but I'm ____ than you.‎ ‎　A．as; much careful ‎　B．as; much more careful ‎　C．so; more careful ‎　D．so; very careful ‎48．Bob did ____ in the maths exam than Tom.‎ ‎　A．bad ‎　B．badly ‎　C．worse ‎　D．worst ‎49．Who jumped ____ of all in the long jump?“Ann did.”‎ ‎　A．longest ‎　B．longer ‎　C．farther ‎　D．furthest ‎50．A taxi doesn't run as ____ as an underground train.‎ ‎　A．fast ‎　B．faster ‎　C．fastest ‎　D．more fast ‎51．“Does Mary work carefully?”“Yes, I think she works ____ in our class.”‎ ‎　A．much carefully ‎　B．more carefully ‎　C．most carefully ‎　D．much more carefully ‎52．“Haven't you finished your work?”“ ____ .”‎ ‎　A．Not yet ‎　B．Not still ‎　C．Not already ‎　D．Ever ‎53．The driver is very ____ .He often drives his car ____ .‎ ‎　A．careful; careful ‎　B．carefully; carefully ‎　C．carefully; careful ‎　D．careful; carefully ‎54．The old writer lives ____ , but he doesn't feel ____ .‎ ‎　A．alone; alone ‎　B．alone; lonely ‎　C．lonely; lonely ‎　D．lonely; alone ‎55．All of us feel surprised that ____ a little boy can eat ____ much food.‎ ‎　A．such; so ‎　B．so; so ‎　C．such; such ‎　D．so; such ‎56．The fat man always says his meat looks ____ and sells ____ .‎ ‎　A．good; good ‎　B．well; well ‎　C．good; well ‎　D．well; good ‎57．“Will you give this message to Mr Smith, please?”“Sorry, I can't. He ____ .”‎ ‎　A．doesn't any more work here ‎　B．doesn't any longer here work ‎　C．doesn't work any more here ‎　D．doesn't work here any longer ‎58．“I haven't been to Guangzhou yet.”“I haven't been there yet, ____ .”‎ ‎　A．too ‎　B．also ‎　C．either ‎　D．neither ‎59．“Do you think she is the most clever?”“ ____ .”‎ ‎　A．More or less ‎　B．Most or least ‎　C．Much or little ‎　D．Many or few ‎60．Jack didn't run ____ to catch the bus.‎ ‎　A．enough fast ‎　B．fast enough ‎　C．enough slow ‎　D．slowly enough ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．A．as…as结构中应用形容词或副词的原级。‎ ‎2．A．此题无比较对象，所以不属比较等级句型。‎ ‎3．D．句中有than，故用比较级。‎ ‎4．D．三者以上的比较应用最高级。‎ ‎5．B．of all the students 指三者以上进行比较，故应用最高级。又因此处的 farthest是副词最高级，故其前加不加 the都可。‎ ‎6．B．比较对象是在“当时”诸多的音乐中，故用最高级。‎ ‎7．C．句中有than，故用比较级。‎ ‎8．D．其它三个选项表达都不对。‎ ‎9．C．有三个比较对象，故用最高级。‎ ‎10．C．因句首有“of all the stars，故用最高级”。‎ ‎11．B．同3小题。‎ ‎12．B．第一个分句属非比较等级句型，第二个分句以前作为比较对象，故用比较级。‎ ‎13．A．此题考查单句释义。前一个句是用as…as句型表达最高级含义，注意此种句型的方语只有是 no one、 nobody或nothing之类的带有否定含义的不定代词时，才能表达最高级含义。‎ ‎14．A．enough修饰名词前置，修饰形容词或副词后置。但如果enough代一个短语时，也可放在名词后边。例如：There is enough food for all of us.‎ ‎15．B．much too后修饰形容词或副词； too much可单独使用。如：This is too much for her. 这对她太过分了。也可修饰不可数名词。如：There's too much work for him to ‎ do. 他日理万机。‎ ‎16．B．enough修饰形容词或副词时应后置。A、D项错误都是enough位置不对。 C项错误在于keep up用的不对，其后加上with才有“赶上”的意思。‎ ‎17．D．因 Alice 听不见，所以说话者才大声喊。loudly大声地，noisily喧闹地，quietly静静地，politely礼貌地。‎ ‎18．A．hardly意为“几乎不”，是一个带有否定含义的副词。‎ ‎19．A．enough修饰形容词应后置。‎ ‎20．B．风“刮得大”可说blow hard或 blow strongly。雨（雪）“下得大”可说 rain (snow) hard/heavily。‎ ‎21．C．一般说来，副词修饰动词，而形容词多作表语或定语。‎ ‎22．B．too意为“太……”，有“过分”的含义。后一句是前句的原因。‎ ‎23．A．“So do I.”在此句中意为“我也喜欢。”“So+助动词+主语”表示某人也同前者的情况相同。该句型主语与前句主语不同。‎ ‎24．D．So it is. 确实是这样。“So+主语+助动词”表示情况的确如此。此句型主语与前句相同。‎ ‎25．B ‎26．B．“so +助动词+主语”表示“某人（与主语不同的别人）也如此。”“So +主语+动词。”表示“某人（与前句主语一致）确实如此。”‎ ‎27．D．根据句中情景与Walking相关的只有tired。句意为“张太太累得走不动了。”‎ ‎28．C．such加形容词修饰单数可数名词的词序应为：“such a (an) + 形容词+名词”；so加形容词修饰单数可数名词的词序应为：“so +形容词+ a (an) +名词”。如题中的“such…”部分也说成 so good a film。‎ ‎29．D．此题中的“数学”与“汉语”相比较，故用比较级。‎ ‎30．A．考查句型是as…as结构的否定形式，故用形容词well（身体好）的原级。‎ ‎31．B．two-month是只能作定语的复合形容词。如有名词则应说two months'。‎ ‎32．A．此句意为：“由于有了人造卫星，全世界变得小得多了。”注意此题不要误选C项。因为smaller已经是比较级了，其前不能再加more。‎ ‎33．B．表示“第几（最）……”应用“the +序数词+形容词最高级”结构。‎ ‎34．C．此题可用排除法选取答案。 A项的 more popular后缺than；B项的．popular as只能用于否定句；D项的 less popular后也缺than，故只能选C项。‎ ‎35．B．any不能修饰形容词原级，quite不能修饰比较级，故排除A、D. good不表“身体好”，故排除C。‎ ‎36．B．此句意为“欠发达国家人口增长速度比发达国家人口增长得快”。 less developed欠发达的：more devloped比较发达的。‎ ‎37．C．richer and richer越来越富。‎ ‎38．B．more and more beautiful越来越美丽。‎ ‎39．D．句意：“你英语说得越多，你的英语口语就会越好”。Spoken English“英语口语。”‎ ‎40．C ‎41．D．形容词比较级作定语，且在两个物体中间作比较，应在比较级前加定冠词the。此题若去掉country，则不能加the. 如：Which is larger, Canada or Australia?‎ ‎42．A．happy是形容词作表语。‎ ‎43．B．cloud在本句中是不可数名词，故用 too much，而不能用 too many。‎ ‎44．C．work是不可数名词，book是可数名词，所以其修饰词分别用much和many。‎ ‎45．A．复合不定代词的定语形容词要后置。‎ ‎46．A．此句是比较级句型表示最高级含义。注意此类句型than从句中都带any (other) 或anyone/anybody/anything/anywhere等词。‎ ‎47．B．句意：“她和我一样认真，但我比你认真得多”。‎ ‎48．C                         49．A                       50．A ‎51．C．most carefully是副词最高级，注意副词最高级前可加the，也可不加。‎ ‎52．A．Not yet意为“还没有”。它是“I haven't finished my work yet. ”的省略形式。‎ ‎53．D．第一空是careful的形容词作表语；第二空的carefully是副词作状语，修饰谓语动词drives。‎ ‎54．B．句意：“那位老作家独居，但他并不感到孤独”。alone是表语形容同，也可作副词，意为“独自一人的”，lonely既可作表语，也可作定语，意为“孤独的、寂寞的”，还有“荒僻的”意思。‎ ‎55．A．such修饰名词，常见结构有“such a (an) ＋（形容词）+ 单数可数名词”，“such ‎＋（形容词）+不可数名词/复数可数名词”。so修饰形容词或副词，常见结构有“so +形容词/副词”；“so +形容词+ a (an) +单数可数名词。”但在“many/much/little（少）/few +名词”结构中其前用so，而不能加 such，此题就是一例。‎ ‎56．C．第一空填good是形容词作表语，意为“看起来不错”。well是副词作状语，修饰动词sell。‎ ‎57．D．not…any longer意为“不再”。注意前三个选项语序都有问题。‎ ‎58．C．either作副词表示“也（不）”。‎ ‎59．A．more or less或多或少，在某种程度上。‎ ‎60．B．enough修饰副词须后置。  ‎ 三、数词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．There are ____ days in a year.‎ ‎　A．three hundreds sixty-five ‎　B．three hundreds and sixty five ‎　C．three hundred and sixty-five ‎　D．three hundred and sixty five ‎2．December is ____ month of the year.‎ ‎　A．the twelfth ‎　B．the twelveth ‎　C．twelve ‎　D．a twelfth ‎3．____ trees are cut down in the forests every year ‎　A．Thousand ‎　B．Thousand of ‎　C．Thousands ‎　D．Thouasnds of ‎4．There are over two ____ students in our school ‎　A．thousand ‎　B．thousands ‎　C．thousand of ‎　D．thousands of ‎5．The Olympic Games are held ____ .‎ ‎　A．each four year ‎　B．every fourth years ‎　C．every four years ‎　D．each fourth years ‎6．About ____ of the workers in the clothes factory are women ‎　A．third fifths ‎　B．third fifth ‎　C．three fifths ‎　D．three fifth ‎7．Look! There are ____ in the sky.‎ ‎　A．thousand stars ‎　B．thousands stars ‎　C．thousands of stars ‎　D．thousands of star ‎8．____ is the most difficult in this book.‎ ‎　A．Lesson second ‎　B．The second lesson ‎　C．Second lesson ‎　D．The Lesson Two ‎9．----Meimei, how many students are there in your school?‎ ‎　 ----About ____ .‎ ‎　A．two thousands ‎　B．two thousand ‎　C．two thousands of students ‎　D．two thousand of students ‎10．We are going to learn ____ tomorrow.‎ ‎　A．Lesson Tenth ‎　B．Lesson Ten ‎　C．Tenth Lesson ‎　D．The Lesson Ten ‎11．Kate is ____ girl.‎ ‎　A．a eighteen-year-old ‎　B．an eighteen-years-old ‎　C．a eighteen-years-old ‎　D．an eighteen-year-old ‎12．The beautiful hotel is about ____ years old.‎ ‎　A．hundred of ‎　B．a hundred ‎　C．a hundred of ‎　D．hundreds ‎13．“Li lei, which is ____ day of a week?”“Thursday, I think.”‎ ‎　A．fifth ‎　B．the fifth ‎　C．five ‎　D．the five ‎14．There were ____ visitors in Hong Kong on July 1, 1997‎ ‎　A．thousands ‎　B．thousand ‎　C．thousands of ‎　D．thousand of ‎15．We have learned about ____ these years.‎ ‎　A．several hundreds English words ‎　B．hundreds of English words ‎　C．hundred of English words ‎　D．several hundred English word ‎16．There are ____ students in our school.‎ ‎　A．eight hundred and fifty four ‎　B．eight hundred and fifty-four ‎　C．hundred of English words ‎　D．several hundred English word ‎17．There are ____ in our town.‎ ‎　A．three throusand and eighty-six ‎　B．three thousands and eighty-six ‎　C．three thousand and eighty six ‎　D．three thousands eighty six ‎18．There are about ____ books in our school library.‎ ‎　A．five thousand, three hundred and forty-five ‎　B．five thousands and three tundreds and forty-five ‎　C．five thousands, three hundred and forty-five ‎　D．five thousand, three hundreds and forty-five ‎19．Six million, six hundred and sixty-six thousand, six hundred and sixty-six is ____ .‎ ‎　A．6,666,666‎ ‎　B．666,666,666‎ ‎　C．6,600,666‎ ‎　D．60,600,666‎ ‎20．____ other stars are much bigger and brighter than the sun.‎ ‎　A．Thousands of ‎　B．Thousand of ‎　C．The thousand of ‎　D．Thousands ‎21．A UN report says that the world population will pass six billion by the end of ____ century.‎ ‎　A．twentieth ‎　B．twenty ‎　C．the twentieth ‎　D．twentyth ‎22．Two days are not enough for me to finish the work. I need ____ day.‎ ‎　A．other ‎　B．the other ‎　C．the third ‎　D．a third ‎23．There are ____ children in the room. The ____ one from the left is my brother.‎ ‎　A．fouth; four ‎　B．four; fourth ‎　C．four; four ‎24．____ of the apples in the fruit bowl are soft and sweet.‎ ‎　A．Two-third ‎　B．Second-third ‎　C．Two-thirds ‎　D．Second-thrids ‎25．September is ____ month of the year.‎ ‎　A．nine ‎　B．nineth ‎　C．the ninth ‎　D．the nineth ‎26．The American film TITANIC will begin at two this afternoon. Shall we meet at ____ at the cinema gate?‎ ‎　A．forty past one ‎　B．half past two ‎　C．two to two ‎　D．fifty past one ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．C．在英语数词表达中，要注意“百”和“十”之间要用连词and，十位和个位之间要用连字符“-”。‎ ‎2．A．在序数词之前要加定冠词the。‎ ‎3．D．thousands of数以千计的，hundreds of数以百计的， millions of数百万的。注意此类短语中的数词后都要加s。‎ ‎4．A ‎5．C．every four years意为“每隔三年”。‎ ‎6．C．在英语分数词表达中，分子用基数词，分母用序数词，如果分子大于一，作为分母的序数词后要加s。‎ ‎7．C ‎8．B．表示事物的顺序时，既可用基数词，也可用序数词，只是语序不同而已。如“第二课”也可说成 Lesson Two。‎ ‎9．B．一般情况下数词后面是不加s的。‎ ‎10．B 11．D．注意 eighteen-year-old是一个只作定语的复合形容词，其中的year不能用复数形式。‎ ‎12．B ‎13．B．每周的第一天从星期日算起，所以星期四是一周的“第五天”。‎ ‎14．C 15．B．hundreds of之类的短语之前也可加many，several之类的词修饰。A项错误在于hundreds后缺少of。‎ ‎16．B 17．A 18．A ‎19．A．此句表达的是“六百六十六万六千六百六十六”。‎ ‎20．A ‎21．C．表示“几世纪”应用序数词。‎ ‎22．D．前一句说“两天时间我完成不了这项工作”，因此“还需要一天（a third day）”。如果用 the third day则表示“第三天”。‎ ‎23．B．注意 the fourth one from the left意为“左起第四人”。‎ ‎24．C ‎25．C．“九月”固然是“一年当中的第九个月”。‎ ‎26．D．此题考查时间表达法。 Half past two也可说成 two thirty，意为“两点半”。 ‎ 二、冠同 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．There'll be ____ evening party in the garden next Friday.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．the ‎　C．/‎ ‎　D．an ‎2．She is ____ useful member of ____ team.‎ ‎　A．a; the ‎　B．the; the ‎　C．an; the ‎　D．a; a ‎3．Here is ____ basket. ____ _ basket is mine.‎ ‎　A．a; The ‎　B．the; An ‎　C．a; A ‎　D．the; A ‎4．Is Canada ____ English-speaking country?‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/‎ ‎5．----What would you like?‎ ‎　 ---- ____ apple, please.‎ ‎　A．A ‎　B．An ‎　C．The ‎　D．/‎ ‎6．Here's ____ exercise book. Is it ____ ?‎ ‎　A．a; his ‎　B．an; her ‎　C．a; mine ‎　D．an; yours ‎7．People often go to swim in ____ summer.‎ ‎　A．/‎ ‎　B．a ‎　C．an ‎　D．the ‎8．What ____ good idea it is!‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/ ‎ ‎9．____ interesting film! We all like it very much.‎ ‎　A．What an ‎　B．What a ‎　C．How a ‎　D．How ‎10．There's ____ orange tree behind ____ house ‎　A．an; the ‎　B．a; a ‎　C．the; the ‎ ‎11．There is a book on the desk and ____ book is Meary's.‎ ‎　A．or ‎　B．a ‎　C．the ‎12．Tomorrow is ____ Teachers' Day and we”11 make ____ Teachers' Day card for our ‎ English teacher.‎ ‎　A．a; the ‎　B．/; the ‎　C．/; a ‎　D．/；/‎ ‎13．____ woman over there is ____ popular teacher in our school.‎ ‎　A．A; an ‎　B．The; a ‎　C．The; the ‎　D．A; the ‎14．He used to be ____ teacher but later he turned ____ writer.‎ ‎　A．a; a ‎　B．a; the ‎　C．/; a ‎　D．a; ／‎ ‎15．They made him ____ king.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．the ‎　C．an ‎　D．/‎ ‎16．His father is ____ English teacher. He works in our school.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/ ‎ ‎17．Is he ____ American boy?‎ ‎　A．an ‎　B．a ‎　C．one ‎　D．/ ‎ ‎18．Does Tom often play ____ football after ____ school?‎ ‎　A．/; /‎ ‎　B．/; the ‎　C．the; /‎ ‎　D．a; /‎ ‎19．They passed our school ____ day before yesterday.‎ ‎　A．an ‎　B．one ‎　C．a ‎　D．the ‎20．Australia is ____ English-speaking country.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/ ‎ ‎21．She has ____ orange skirt. ____ skirt is nice.‎ ‎　A．a; The ‎　B．an; The ‎　C．an; A ‎　D．the; The ‎22．This is ____ apple. It's big apple.‎ ‎　A．an ,a ‎　B．a, the ‎　C．a, an ‎　D．an, the ‎23．Look at ____ horse over there.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/‎ ‎24．Don't play ____ basketball here. It's dangerous.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．/‎ ‎　D．the ‎25．There is ____ old woman in the car.‎ ‎　A．/‎ ‎　B．the ‎　C．a ‎　D．an ‎26．Beijing is ____ beautiful city. It's ____ capital of China ‎　A．a; a ‎　B．the; the ‎　C．/; the ‎　D．a. the ‎27．Shanghai is in ____ east of China.‎ ‎　A．/‎ ‎　B．an ‎　C．a ‎　D．the ‎28．I' ve been a student there for nearly two and ____ half years.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/‎ ‎29．Bill is ____ English teacher. He likes playing ____ football.‎ ‎　A．a; the ‎　B．an; the ‎　C．a; /‎ ‎　D．an; /‎ ‎30．The museum is quite far. It will take you half ____ hour to get there by ____ bus.‎ ‎　A．an; /‎ ‎　B．an; a ‎　C．a; /‎ ‎　D．/; /‎ ‎31．----Does Jim have ____ ruler?‎ ‎　　----Yes, he has ____ .‎ ‎　A．an; some ‎　B．a; one ‎　C．a; /‎ ‎　D．any; one ‎32．There is ____ old bike. ____ old bike is Mr Zhao's.‎ ‎　A．an; The ‎　B．the; An ‎　C．a; The ‎　D．the; The ‎33．____ apple a day keeps the doctors away.‎ ‎　A．The ‎　B．A ‎　C．An ‎　D．Two ‎34．----How many books do you have?‎ ‎　　----I have ____ book. That's ____ English book.‎ ‎　A．a; an ‎　B．a; one ‎　C．one; an ‎　D．one; one ‎35．At that time, Tom was ____ one-year-old baby.‎ ‎　A．a ‎　B．an ‎　C．the ‎　D．/‎ ‎36．____ tiger is ____ China.‎ ‎　A．The; a ‎　B．A; the ‎　C．The; from ‎　D．The; the ‎37．We can't see ____ sun at ____ night.‎ ‎　A．the; the ‎　B．the; /‎ ‎　C．a; /‎ ‎　D．/; /‎ ‎38．____ useful book it is!‎ ‎　A．What an ‎　B．How a ‎　C．What a ‎　D．What ‎39．One afternoon he found ____ handbag. There was ____ “s”on the corner of ____ handbag.‎ ‎　A．a; an; the ‎　B．a; a; the ‎　C．an; an; an ‎　D．the; a; a ‎40．____ old lady with white hair spoke ____ English well at ____ meetin ‎　A．An; an; the ‎　B．The; /; an ‎　C．The; /; a ‎　D．The; /; the ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．D．‎ ‎2．A．此句意为“他是队中有用的成员。”第一个空是泛指，故填 a；第二个空特指，故填the。如第二个空也填a，就说不清楚“他”在什么运动队了。‎ ‎3．A．一般说来，第一次提到某件事物用不定冠词，第二次重复该事物时则用定冠词。‎ ‎4．B．English是以元音音素开头，故用an。‎ ‎5．B．此处的苹果是泛指，故用an。‎ ‎6．D．此处的exercise以元音音素开头，且泛指，故填 an.第二空的 yours 是指 yours exercise book.‎ ‎7．A．泛指的季节名称前不加冠词。‎ ‎8．A．在what引导的感叹句中，如果名词中心词是单数名词，则应在其前加不定冠词。‎ ‎9．A．道理同上。‎ ‎10．A．第一个空泛指，第二个空特指。‎ ‎11．C．第二个book是特指，故填the。‎ ‎12．C．一般带有day的节日名称前都不加定冠词。如：National Day国庆节， Mid-Autumn Day中秋节。而第二个短语的名词中心词是泛指的card，故填a。‎ ‎13．B．第一个空：“那过的那个妇女”，是特指；第二个空是指那个妇女的身份、职业、是泛指。‎ ‎14．D．第一个空是泛指；第二个空用“零冠词”是因为turn后面的名词前一般不加冠词。‎ ‎15．D．表示某人的职位时可用“零冠词”。‎ ‎16．B 17．A 18．A．after school放学以后。‎ ‎19．D．the day before yesterday前天。‎ ‎20．B 21．B．第一空泛指，第二空特指。‎ ‎22．A．两个空都是泛指。‎ ‎23．C 24．C 25．D 26．D ‎27．D．in the east of在某地区（内）的东部。‎ ‎28．A．two and a half years也可说成 two years and a half，意思都是“两年半”。‎ ‎29．D 30．A．half an hour半小时，by bus乘公共汽车。‎ ‎31．B．第一空是泛指；第二空的one是不定代词，用以替代前面的ruler。‎ ‎32．A ‎33．C．这是一句谚语，意思是“一天吃一个苹果，用不着看医生。”‎ ‎34．C．one强调数量，用以回答“How many…?”问句；第二个空是泛指，故用an。‎ ‎35．A．one虽为元音字母开头，但以辅音音素 [w] 开头，故填a。‎ ‎36．C．此句意为：“这只老虎来自中国。”‎ ‎37．B．在“太阳、月亮、地球”的前面一般都加定冠词the；at night“在夜晚”，注意该短语中没有冠词。‎ ‎38．C ‎39．A．“s”虽为辅音字母，但却以元音音素[e] 开头，故填an。‎ ‎40．D．第一个空填the，是特指那个“白发老太太”；第二个空不填冠词，是因为在语言名称前面一般不加冠词。English后面如有 language，就得说 the English language。“在会议上”应为 at the meeting。 ‎ 一、名词 Ⅰ．选择填空 ‎1．Mr Gao is a teacher. He works in a new ____ .‎ ‎　A．shop ‎　B．school ‎　C．factory ‎　D．hospital ‎2．If you want to know the meaning of a word, you can look it up in a ____ .‎ ‎　A．diary ‎　B．dictionary ‎　C．newspaper ‎　D．diagram ‎3．Mr Shute is a friend of ____ .‎ ‎　A．John's uncle ‎　B．John uncle's ‎　C．John's uncle's ‎　D．John uncle ‎4．----Would you like ____ tea?‎ ‎　 ----No, thanks. I have drunk two ____ .‎ ‎　A．any; bottles of orange ‎　B．some; bottles of orange ‎　C．many; bottles of oranges ‎　D．few; bottle of oranges ‎5．----When do you usually have your ____ in the evening?‎ ‎　A．things ‎　B．rice ‎　C．meal ‎　D．food ‎6．I usually go to a ____ to borrow some books.‎ ‎　A．shop ‎　B．cinema ‎　C．hospital ‎　D．library ‎7．People often use horses for ____ .‎ ‎　A．hard working ‎　B．working hard ‎　C．work hard ‎　D．hard work ‎8．The word “houses” underlined part is pronounced ____ .‎ ‎　A．[siz]‎ ‎　B．[ziz]‎ ‎　C．[zis]‎ ‎　D．[is]‎ ‎9．Uncle Wang bought two ____ yesterday.‎ ‎　A．watchs ‎　B．watches ‎　C．watch ‎　D．watchss ‎10．There are a lot of ____ down there but hardly any ____ .‎ ‎　A．sheeps; people ‎　B．sheep; people ‎　C．sheeps; peoples ‎　D．sheep; peoples ‎11．There is a ____ over the river.‎ ‎　A．ship ‎　B．boat ‎　C．bridge ‎　D．village ‎12．In ____ time, those mountains will be covered with trees, too.‎ ‎　A．few years ‎　B．a few years' ‎ ‎　C．a few year ‎　D．a few year's ‎13．There are lots of ____ in the basket on the table.‎ ‎　A．tomatos ‎　B．tomato ‎　C．tomatoss ‎　D．tomatoes ‎14．Whose ____ are these?‎ ‎　A．photo ‎　B．photoes ‎　C．photos ‎　D．photoss ‎15．The cat caught two ____ last night.‎ ‎　A．mouses ‎　B．mice ‎　C．mouse ‎　D．mices ‎16．Jack went to have two ____ pulled out yesterday afternoon.‎ ‎　A．tooths ‎　B．tooth ‎　C．teeth ‎　D．toothes ‎17．The leaning tower is about 180 ____ high.‎ ‎　A．feet ‎　B．foot's ‎　C．foots ‎　D．feets ‎18．There are many ____ on the hill.‎ ‎　A．sheeps ‎　B．sheep ‎　C．sheepes ‎　D．sheep's ‎19．There are six ____ and fifteen ____ in this workshop.‎ ‎　A．mans; womans ‎　B．men; women ‎　C．men; womans ‎　D．mans; women ‎20．In our school there are fifty-five ____ .‎ ‎　A．women teachers ‎　B．woman teachers ‎　C．women teacher ‎　D．woman's teacher ‎21．The day before yesterday she told me ____ news.‎ ‎　A．a good ‎　B．such a good ‎　C．so good a ‎　D．a piece of good ‎22．I won't go there with you, for I have a lot of ____ to do.‎ ‎　A．works ‎　B．job ‎　C．work ‎　D．working ‎23．____ will conquer（征服） nature.‎ ‎　A．The man ‎　B．A man ‎　C．The me ‎　D．Man ‎24．Li Lei is a friend of ____ .‎ ‎　A．I sister ‎　B．my sister's ‎　C．me sister ‎　D．my sister of ‎25．Have you read ____ ?‎ ‎　A．today's ‎　B．today paper ‎　C．the today's paper ‎　D．today's paper ‎26．The old woman feeds four ____ .‎ ‎　A．piggs ‎　B．piges ‎　C．pigs ‎　D．pig ‎27．There are seven ____ in a week.‎ ‎　A．dayes ‎　B．days ‎　C．daies ‎　D．day ‎28．Grade Three is divided into seven ____ in our school.‎ ‎　A．class ‎　B．classes ‎　C．class's ‎　D．class'‎ ‎29．How many ____ are there in the room?‎ ‎　A．boxes ‎　B．box ‎　C．boxs ‎　D．boxxes ‎30．There ____ all kinds of ____ in this shop.‎ ‎　A．are; watches ‎　B．be; watches ‎　C．is; watch's ‎　D．are; watchs Ⅱ．根据句意，选用适当的词填空（同义近义词）‎ ‎31．Can you answer my ____ , Jim?‎ ‎　(A．question  B．problem)‎ ‎32．Do you know the girl ____ those people?‎ ‎　(A．between  B．among)‎ ‎33．He won't go there, I won't, ____ .‎ ‎　(A．too  B．either  C．also)‎ ‎34．Can you ____ me your pen?‎ ‎　(A．borrow  B．lend)‎ ‎35．Who is going to ____ at the meeting?‎ ‎　(A．say  B．speak  C．talk  D．tell)‎ ‎36．Don't ____ in bed. It's bad for your eyes.‎ ‎　(A．see  B．read  C．look)‎ ‎37．Do you like reading this ____ book?‎ ‎　(A．interesting  B．interested)‎ ‎38．My mother is ill. I ____ stay at home and look after her.‎ ‎　(A．have to  B．must)‎ ‎39．I don't know ____ or not she can speak English.‎ ‎　( A．if  B．whether)‎ ‎40．Go ____ the bridge, you'll find the bus stop on the left.‎ ‎　(A．cross  B．in  C．across  D．along) ‎ 参考答案 ‎1．B．前一句说到“高先生”是老师，可知他在“学校”工作。‎ ‎2．B．如果你想知道词义，就必须在“字典”里查单词。‎ ‎3．B．“of＋'s 所有格”结构称为双重所有格。A项的错误是uncle后应加's 所有格形式； C项错误在于John后加了's所有格形式。D项错误是两个词都没有's所有格。‎ ‎4．B．“Would you like…?”句型中用 some，是表示客气的邀请对方做某事。 two bottles of orange表示“两瓶桔子汁。”不可数名词的量化表示是在前面加上一个“数词+可数名词单（复）数+不可数名词。”如果是“一瓶桔子汁”，则应为a bottle of orange.‎ ‎5．C．have a meal指“吃饭”。 have rice指“吃米饭”。此句的情景是指平常什么时间吃饭，而不是指具体吃什么，故不选B。‎ ‎6．D．一般“借书”须到“图书馆”。‎ ‎7．D．此同意为“人们常用马干繁重的活”。注意“use sth. for sth. ”结构， for后面一般接名词短语，而不接不定式。for后面接的名词表示用于某方面。‎ ‎8．B．此题考查house复数houses的发音，注意这是一个特例： house[haus], house['hauziz]。‎ ‎9．B．以-s，-x，-ch，-sh接尾的单数可数名词变复数时，后加-es。‎ ‎10．B．sheep的单复数同形； people作“人们、人民”讲没有单数形式；作“民族”讲有单复数变化。例如：This will help peoples among different countries undrestand each other better．这有助于不同国家人民之间的更好地相互理解。‎ ‎11．C．在河上（垂直的）上面一定是“桥”。‎ ‎12．B．“几年后”可以说 in a few years' time 或 in a few years。‎ ‎13．D                                          14．C ‎15．B．mouse的复数形式是 mice。‎ ‎16．C              17．A         18．B           19．B         20．A ‎21．D．A、B两项的错误在于两者中都多了a，news是不可数名词。如将其中的a去掉，则为正确选项。C项的错误在于 so good后只能接单数可数名词。‎ ‎22．C．work作“工作”讲，是不可数名词。job侧重于“职业”，是可数名词。若指某人做什么工作，只能用单数。‎ ‎23．D．man作“人类”讲，须用单数形式，且前面不加冠词。该句意为“人类将能征服自然。”‎ ‎24．B．此题考查双重所有格。双重所有格结构为：“名词+of＋'s所有格”，此结构中的's所有格也可用名词性物主代词来代替。‎ ‎25．D．“今天的报纸”可说today's paper。B项错误在于today的通格（非's所有格）不能作前置定语（但可作后置定语。如： the paper today） C项错误在于定冠词 the不能和 's所有连用。‎ ‎26．C              27．B           28．B         29．A ‎30．A．因为kind和watch都是复数形式，故谓语动词用复数。‎ ‎31．A．question指“需要回答的问题”；problem指“需要解决的问题”、“难题”、“数学题”。‎ ‎32．B．between指“在……（两者）之间”，among指在“在……（三者以上）之间”，among也可指在三者以上诸物体的“两者之间”。‎ ‎33．B．这三个词都可表示“也，但用法不同。too和also用于肯定句和疑问句，too多用于句尾，also多用于动词be、助动词之后，实意动词之前。either主要用于否定句。‎ ‎34．B．lend意为“借（出）”，borrow意为“借（入）”。‎ ‎35．B．这四个动词都和“说”有关，但其含义和用法各不相同。 say强调“说”的内容。如： What did he say at the meeting?（他在会上讲什么了？）speak意为“说”某种语言，“发言、演讲”。talk意为“谈论、交谈”，强调“说”的连续性。如：They talked until it got dark. （他们一直谈到天黑）。tell意为“告诉”，强调“叙述、讲述”，多带双宾语。‎ ‎36．B．这三个词都和“看”有关。look强调“看”的动作；see强调“看”的结果，即“看见”，而read的看是指“看书（报纸）”，即“阅读”。‎ ‎37．A．interesting意为“（物）有趣的”； interested指“（人）感兴趣的”。‎ ‎38．A．have to意为“必须、不得不”，强调客观需要； must意为“必须、应该”，强调主观愿望。‎ ‎39．B．这两个词都可做“是否”讲，引导宾语从句。但在“whether or not…”结构中，一般用whether，用不用 if。‎ ‎40．C．注意 cross 意思与across相近，都是“横越、穿过”，但cross是动词，不能与go连用。选B也不行，因为不能说 go in the bridge。 along是“沿着”之意，可以说 along the street， along the river，而不能说along the bridge. ‎